]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // ============================================================================ | |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // ============================================================================ | |
15 | ||
16 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
20 | #ifdef __GNUG__ | |
21 | #pragma implementation "grid.h" | |
22 | #endif | |
23 | ||
24 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
25 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
26 | ||
27 | #include "wx/defs.h" | |
28 | ||
29 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
30 | #pragma hdrstop | |
31 | #endif | |
32 | ||
33 | #if !defined(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) || !(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) | |
34 | #include "gridg.cpp" | |
35 | #else | |
36 | ||
37 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
39 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
40 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
45 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
46 | #endif | |
47 | ||
48 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
49 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
50 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
51 | ||
52 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
53 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
54 | ||
55 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
56 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
57 | #else | |
58 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
59 | #endif | |
60 | ||
61 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
62 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
63 | #else | |
64 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
65 | #endif | |
66 | ||
67 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
68 | #include <ctype.h> | |
69 | ||
70 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
71 | // array classes | |
72 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
73 | ||
74 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs); | |
75 | ||
76 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
77 | { | |
78 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
79 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
80 | { | |
81 | } | |
82 | ||
83 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
84 | { | |
85 | attr->DecRef(); | |
86 | } | |
87 | ||
88 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
89 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
90 | }; | |
91 | ||
92 | WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray); | |
93 | ||
94 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
95 | ||
96 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
97 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
98 | ||
99 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
100 | // private classes | |
101 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
102 | ||
103 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
104 | { | |
105 | public: | |
106 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
107 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
108 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
109 | ||
110 | private: | |
111 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
112 | ||
113 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
114 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
115 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
116 | ||
117 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
118 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
119 | }; | |
120 | ||
121 | ||
122 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
123 | { | |
124 | public: | |
125 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
126 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
127 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
128 | ||
129 | private: | |
130 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
131 | ||
132 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
133 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
134 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
135 | ||
136 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
137 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
138 | }; | |
139 | ||
140 | ||
141 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
142 | { | |
143 | public: | |
144 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
145 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
146 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
147 | ||
148 | private: | |
149 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
150 | ||
151 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
152 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
153 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
154 | ||
155 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
156 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
157 | }; | |
158 | ||
159 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxPanel | |
160 | { | |
161 | public: | |
162 | wxGridWindow() | |
163 | { | |
164 | m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; | |
165 | m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
166 | m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
167 | } | |
168 | ||
169 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
170 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
171 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
172 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
173 | ~wxGridWindow(); | |
174 | ||
175 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
176 | ||
177 | private: | |
178 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
179 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
180 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
181 | ||
182 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
183 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
184 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
185 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
186 | ||
187 | ||
188 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
189 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
190 | }; | |
191 | ||
192 | ||
193 | ||
194 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
195 | { | |
196 | public: | |
197 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler() | |
198 | : m_grid(0), m_editor(0) | |
199 | { } | |
200 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
201 | : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor) | |
202 | { } | |
203 | ||
204 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
205 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
206 | ||
207 | private: | |
208 | wxGrid* m_grid; | |
209 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
210 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
211 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
212 | }; | |
213 | ||
214 | ||
215 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
216 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
217 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
218 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
219 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
220 | ||
221 | ||
222 | ||
223 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
224 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
225 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
226 | ||
227 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
228 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData | |
229 | { | |
230 | public: | |
231 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
232 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
233 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
234 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
235 | ||
236 | private: | |
237 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
238 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
239 | ||
240 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
241 | }; | |
242 | ||
243 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
244 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
245 | { | |
246 | public: | |
247 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
248 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { } | |
249 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
250 | ||
251 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
252 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
253 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
254 | ||
255 | private: | |
256 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
257 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
258 | }; | |
259 | ||
260 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
261 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
262 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
263 | { | |
264 | public: | |
265 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
266 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
267 | m_colAttrs; | |
268 | }; | |
269 | ||
270 | ||
271 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
272 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
273 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
274 | ||
275 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
276 | { | |
277 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
278 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
279 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
280 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
281 | { } | |
282 | ||
283 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
284 | { | |
285 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
286 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
287 | } | |
288 | ||
289 | wxString m_typeName; | |
290 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
291 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
292 | }; | |
293 | ||
294 | ||
295 | WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray); | |
296 | ||
297 | ||
298 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry | |
299 | { | |
300 | public: | |
301 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
302 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
303 | ||
304 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
305 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
306 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
307 | ||
308 | // find one of already registered data types | |
309 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
310 | ||
311 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
312 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
313 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
314 | ||
315 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
316 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
317 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
318 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
319 | ||
320 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
321 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
322 | ||
323 | private: | |
324 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
325 | }; | |
326 | ||
327 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
328 | // conditional compilation | |
329 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
330 | ||
331 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
332 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
333 | #endif | |
334 | ||
335 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
336 | // globals | |
337 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
338 | ||
339 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
340 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
341 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
342 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
343 | #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
344 | ||
345 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
346 | // constants | |
347 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
348 | ||
349 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
350 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
351 | ||
352 | // scroll line size | |
353 | // TODO: fixed so far - make configurable later (and also different for x/y) | |
354 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE = 10; | |
355 | ||
356 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
357 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
358 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
359 | ||
360 | // ============================================================================ | |
361 | // implementation | |
362 | // ============================================================================ | |
363 | ||
364 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
365 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
366 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
367 | ||
368 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
369 | { | |
370 | m_control = NULL; | |
371 | } | |
372 | ||
373 | ||
374 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
375 | { | |
376 | Destroy(); | |
377 | } | |
378 | ||
379 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
380 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
381 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
382 | { | |
383 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
384 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
385 | } | |
386 | ||
387 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
388 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
389 | { | |
390 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
391 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
392 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
393 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
394 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
395 | ||
396 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
397 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
398 | } | |
399 | ||
400 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
401 | { | |
402 | if (m_control) | |
403 | { | |
404 | m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/); | |
405 | ||
406 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
407 | m_control = NULL; | |
408 | } | |
409 | } | |
410 | ||
411 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
412 | { | |
413 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
414 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
415 | m_control->Show(show); | |
416 | ||
417 | if ( show ) | |
418 | { | |
419 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
420 | if ( attr ) | |
421 | { | |
422 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
423 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
424 | ||
425 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
426 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
427 | ||
428 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
429 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
430 | ||
431 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
432 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
433 | } | |
434 | } | |
435 | else | |
436 | { | |
437 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
438 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
439 | { | |
440 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
441 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
442 | } | |
443 | ||
444 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
445 | { | |
446 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
447 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
448 | } | |
449 | ||
450 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
451 | { | |
452 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
453 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
454 | } | |
455 | } | |
456 | } | |
457 | ||
458 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
459 | { | |
460 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
461 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
462 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
463 | } | |
464 | ||
465 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
466 | { | |
467 | event.Skip(); | |
468 | } | |
469 | ||
470 | ||
471 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
472 | { | |
473 | event.Skip(); | |
474 | } | |
475 | ||
476 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
477 | { | |
478 | } | |
479 | ||
480 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
481 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
482 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
483 | ||
484 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
485 | { | |
486 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
487 | } | |
488 | ||
489 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
490 | wxWindowID id, | |
491 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
492 | { | |
493 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
494 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
495 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
496 | , wxTE_MULTILINE | wxTE_NO_VSCROLL // necessary ??? | |
497 | #endif | |
498 | ); | |
499 | ||
500 | // TODO: use m_maxChars | |
501 | ||
502 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
503 | } | |
504 | ||
505 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
506 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
507 | { | |
508 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
509 | // flicker | |
510 | } | |
511 | ||
512 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
513 | { | |
514 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
515 | ||
516 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal | |
517 | // margins | |
518 | // | |
519 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for | |
520 | // unix | |
521 | // | |
522 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
523 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
524 | { | |
525 | rect.x += 1; | |
526 | rect.y += 1; | |
527 | rect.width -= 1; | |
528 | rect.height -= 1; | |
529 | } | |
530 | #else // !GTK | |
531 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
532 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
533 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
534 | extra_x *= 2; | |
535 | extra_y *= 2; | |
536 | #endif | |
537 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
538 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
539 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x ); | |
540 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y ); | |
541 | #endif // GTK/!GTK | |
542 | ||
543 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
544 | } | |
545 | ||
546 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
547 | { | |
548 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
549 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
550 | ||
551 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
552 | ||
553 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
554 | } | |
555 | ||
556 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
557 | { | |
558 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
559 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
560 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
561 | } | |
562 | ||
563 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
564 | wxGrid* grid) | |
565 | { | |
566 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
567 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
568 | ||
569 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
570 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
571 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
572 | changed = TRUE; | |
573 | ||
574 | if (changed) | |
575 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
576 | ||
577 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
578 | Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
579 | ||
580 | return changed; | |
581 | } | |
582 | ||
583 | ||
584 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
585 | { | |
586 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
587 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
588 | ||
589 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
590 | } | |
591 | ||
592 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
593 | { | |
594 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
595 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
596 | } | |
597 | ||
598 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
599 | { | |
600 | if ( !event.AltDown() && !event.MetaDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
601 | { | |
602 | // insert the key in the control | |
603 | int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode(); | |
604 | if ( isprint(keycode) ) | |
605 | { | |
606 | // FIXME this is not going to work for non letters... | |
607 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() ) | |
608 | { | |
609 | keycode = tolower(keycode); | |
610 | } | |
611 | ||
612 | Text()->AppendText((wxChar)keycode); | |
613 | ||
614 | return; | |
615 | } | |
616 | ||
617 | } | |
618 | ||
619 | event.Skip(); | |
620 | } | |
621 | ||
622 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
623 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
624 | { | |
625 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
626 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
627 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
628 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
629 | s = s.Left(pos) + "\n" + s.Mid(pos); | |
630 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
631 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
632 | #else | |
633 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
634 | // | |
635 | event.Skip(); | |
636 | #endif | |
637 | } | |
638 | ||
639 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
640 | { | |
641 | if ( !params ) | |
642 | { | |
643 | // reset to default | |
644 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
645 | } | |
646 | else | |
647 | { | |
648 | long tmp; | |
649 | if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
650 | { | |
651 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string " | |
652 | "'%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
653 | } | |
654 | else | |
655 | { | |
656 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
657 | } | |
658 | } | |
659 | } | |
660 | ||
661 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
662 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
663 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
664 | ||
665 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
666 | { | |
667 | m_min = min; | |
668 | m_max = max; | |
669 | } | |
670 | ||
671 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
672 | wxWindowID id, | |
673 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
674 | { | |
675 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
676 | { | |
677 | // create a spin ctrl | |
678 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString, | |
679 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
680 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
681 | m_min, m_max); | |
682 | ||
683 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
684 | } | |
685 | else | |
686 | { | |
687 | // just a text control | |
688 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
689 | ||
690 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
691 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
692 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
693 | } | |
694 | } | |
695 | ||
696 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
697 | { | |
698 | // first get the value | |
699 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
700 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
701 | { | |
702 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
703 | } | |
704 | else | |
705 | { | |
706 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
707 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld)) | |
708 | { | |
709 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
710 | return; | |
711 | } | |
712 | } | |
713 | ||
714 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
715 | { | |
716 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
717 | } | |
718 | else | |
719 | { | |
720 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
721 | } | |
722 | } | |
723 | ||
724 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
725 | wxGrid* grid) | |
726 | { | |
727 | bool changed; | |
728 | long value; | |
729 | ||
730 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
731 | { | |
732 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
733 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
734 | } | |
735 | else | |
736 | { | |
737 | changed = Text()->GetValue().ToLong(&value) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
738 | } | |
739 | ||
740 | if ( changed ) | |
741 | { | |
742 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
743 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
744 | else | |
745 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format("%ld", value)); | |
746 | } | |
747 | ||
748 | return changed; | |
749 | } | |
750 | ||
751 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
752 | { | |
753 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
754 | { | |
755 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
756 | } | |
757 | else | |
758 | { | |
759 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
760 | } | |
761 | } | |
762 | ||
763 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
764 | { | |
765 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
766 | { | |
767 | int keycode = (int) event.KeyCode(); | |
768 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' ) | |
769 | { | |
770 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
771 | ||
772 | // skip Skip() below | |
773 | return; | |
774 | } | |
775 | } | |
776 | ||
777 | event.Skip(); | |
778 | } | |
779 | ||
780 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
781 | { | |
782 | if ( !params ) | |
783 | { | |
784 | // reset to default | |
785 | m_min = | |
786 | m_max = -1; | |
787 | } | |
788 | else | |
789 | { | |
790 | long tmp; | |
791 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
792 | { | |
793 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
794 | ||
795 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
796 | { | |
797 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
798 | ||
799 | // skip the error message below | |
800 | return; | |
801 | } | |
802 | } | |
803 | ||
804 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string " | |
805 | "'%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
806 | } | |
807 | } | |
808 | ||
809 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
810 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
811 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
812 | ||
813 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
814 | wxWindowID id, | |
815 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
816 | { | |
817 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
818 | ||
819 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
820 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
821 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
822 | } | |
823 | ||
824 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
825 | { | |
826 | // first get the value | |
827 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
828 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
829 | { | |
830 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
831 | } | |
832 | else | |
833 | { | |
834 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
835 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld)) | |
836 | { | |
837 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
838 | return; | |
839 | } | |
840 | } | |
841 | ||
842 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
843 | } | |
844 | ||
845 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
846 | wxGrid* grid) | |
847 | { | |
848 | double value; | |
849 | if ( Text()->GetValue().ToDouble(&value) && (value != m_valueOld) ) | |
850 | { | |
851 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
852 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
853 | else | |
854 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format("%f", value)); | |
855 | ||
856 | return TRUE; | |
857 | } | |
858 | else | |
859 | { | |
860 | return FALSE; | |
861 | } | |
862 | } | |
863 | ||
864 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
865 | { | |
866 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
867 | } | |
868 | ||
869 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
870 | { | |
871 | int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode(); | |
872 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || | |
873 | keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.' ) | |
874 | { | |
875 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
876 | ||
877 | // skip Skip() below | |
878 | return; | |
879 | } | |
880 | ||
881 | event.Skip(); | |
882 | } | |
883 | ||
884 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
885 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
886 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
887 | ||
888 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
889 | wxWindowID id, | |
890 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
891 | { | |
892 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
893 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
894 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
895 | ||
896 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
897 | } | |
898 | ||
899 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
900 | { | |
901 | bool resize = FALSE; | |
902 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
903 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
904 | ||
905 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
906 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
907 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
908 | { | |
909 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
910 | size = sizeBest; | |
911 | ||
912 | resize = TRUE; | |
913 | } | |
914 | ||
915 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
916 | { | |
917 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
918 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
919 | ||
920 | resize = TRUE; | |
921 | } | |
922 | ||
923 | if ( resize ) | |
924 | { | |
925 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
926 | } | |
927 | ||
928 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
929 | ||
930 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
931 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
932 | // so shift it to the right | |
933 | size.x -= 8; | |
934 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
935 | // here too, but in other way | |
936 | size.x += 1; | |
937 | size.y -= 2; | |
938 | #endif | |
939 | ||
940 | m_control->Move(r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2, r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2); | |
941 | } | |
942 | ||
943 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
944 | { | |
945 | m_control->Show(show); | |
946 | ||
947 | if ( show ) | |
948 | { | |
949 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
950 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
951 | } | |
952 | } | |
953 | ||
954 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
955 | { | |
956 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
957 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
958 | ||
959 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
960 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
961 | else | |
962 | m_startValue = !!grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
963 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
964 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
965 | } | |
966 | ||
967 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
968 | wxGrid* grid) | |
969 | { | |
970 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
971 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
972 | ||
973 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
974 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
975 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
976 | changed = TRUE; | |
977 | ||
978 | if ( changed ) | |
979 | { | |
980 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
981 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
982 | else | |
983 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
984 | } | |
985 | ||
986 | return changed; | |
987 | } | |
988 | ||
989 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
990 | { | |
991 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
992 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
993 | ||
994 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
995 | } | |
996 | ||
997 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
998 | { | |
999 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1000 | } | |
1001 | ||
1002 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1003 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1004 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1005 | ||
1006 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1007 | const wxChar* choices[], | |
1008 | bool allowOthers) | |
1009 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1010 | { | |
1011 | if ( count ) | |
1012 | { | |
1013 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1014 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1015 | { | |
1016 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1017 | } | |
1018 | } | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | ||
1021 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1022 | { | |
1023 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1024 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1025 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1026 | ||
1027 | return editor; | |
1028 | } | |
1029 | ||
1030 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1031 | wxWindowID id, | |
1032 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1033 | { | |
1034 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1035 | wxString *choices = new wxString[count]; | |
1036 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1037 | { | |
1038 | choices[n] = m_choices[n]; | |
1039 | } | |
1040 | ||
1041 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1042 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1043 | count, choices, | |
1044 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1045 | ||
1046 | delete [] choices; | |
1047 | ||
1048 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1049 | } | |
1050 | ||
1051 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1052 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1053 | { | |
1054 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1055 | // flicker | |
1056 | ||
1057 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1058 | // combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to | |
1059 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way... | |
1060 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1061 | } | |
1062 | ||
1063 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1066 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1067 | ||
1068 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1069 | ||
1070 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1071 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1072 | for (size_t i=0; i<count; i++) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | if (m_startValue == m_choices[i]) | |
1075 | { | |
1076 | Combo()->SetSelection(i); | |
1077 | break; | |
1078 | } | |
1079 | } | |
1080 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1081 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1082 | } | |
1083 | ||
1084 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1085 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1086 | { | |
1087 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1088 | bool changed = value != m_startValue; | |
1089 | ||
1090 | if ( changed ) | |
1091 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1092 | ||
1093 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
1094 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1095 | ||
1096 | return changed; | |
1097 | } | |
1098 | ||
1099 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1100 | { | |
1101 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1102 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1103 | } | |
1104 | ||
1105 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1106 | { | |
1107 | if ( !params ) | |
1108 | { | |
1109 | // what can we do? | |
1110 | return; | |
1111 | } | |
1112 | ||
1113 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1114 | ||
1115 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1116 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1117 | { | |
1118 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1119 | } | |
1120 | } | |
1121 | ||
1122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1123 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1125 | ||
1126 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1129 | { | |
1130 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1131 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1132 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1133 | break; | |
1134 | ||
1135 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1136 | event.Skip( m_grid->ProcessEvent( event ) ); | |
1137 | break; | |
1138 | ||
1139 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1140 | if (!m_grid->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1141 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1142 | break; | |
1143 | ||
1144 | ||
1145 | default: | |
1146 | event.Skip(); | |
1147 | } | |
1148 | } | |
1149 | ||
1150 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1151 | { | |
1152 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1153 | { | |
1154 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1155 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1156 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1157 | break; | |
1158 | ||
1159 | default: | |
1160 | event.Skip(); | |
1161 | } | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | ||
1164 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1165 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1166 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1167 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1168 | ||
1169 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1170 | { | |
1171 | // nothing to do | |
1172 | } | |
1173 | ||
1174 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | } | |
1177 | ||
1178 | // ============================================================================ | |
1179 | // renderer classes | |
1180 | // ============================================================================ | |
1181 | ||
1182 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1183 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1184 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1185 | ||
1186 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1187 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1188 | wxDC& dc, | |
1189 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1190 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1191 | bool isSelected) | |
1192 | { | |
1193 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1194 | ||
1195 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1196 | { | |
1197 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1198 | } | |
1199 | else | |
1200 | { | |
1201 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1202 | } | |
1203 | ||
1204 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1205 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1206 | } | |
1207 | ||
1208 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1209 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1210 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1211 | ||
1212 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid, | |
1213 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1214 | wxDC& dc, | |
1215 | bool isSelected) | |
1216 | { | |
1217 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1218 | ||
1219 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1220 | ||
1221 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1224 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1225 | } | |
1226 | else | |
1227 | { | |
1228 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1229 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1230 | } | |
1231 | ||
1232 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1233 | } | |
1234 | ||
1235 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1236 | wxDC& dc, | |
1237 | const wxString& text) | |
1238 | { | |
1239 | wxCoord x, y; | |
1240 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1241 | dc.GetTextExtent(text, &x, &y); | |
1242 | ||
1243 | return wxSize(x, y); | |
1244 | } | |
1245 | ||
1246 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1247 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1248 | wxDC& dc, | |
1249 | int row, int col) | |
1250 | { | |
1251 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1252 | } | |
1253 | ||
1254 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1255 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1256 | wxDC& dc, | |
1257 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1258 | int row, int col, | |
1259 | bool isSelected) | |
1260 | { | |
1261 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1262 | ||
1263 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1264 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1265 | ||
1266 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1267 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1268 | ||
1269 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1270 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1271 | ||
1272 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1273 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1274 | } | |
1275 | ||
1276 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1277 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1278 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1279 | ||
1280 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1281 | { | |
1282 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1283 | wxString text; | |
1284 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1285 | { | |
1286 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1287 | } | |
1288 | else | |
1289 | { | |
1290 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1291 | } | |
1292 | ||
1293 | return text; | |
1294 | } | |
1295 | ||
1296 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1297 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1298 | wxDC& dc, | |
1299 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1300 | int row, int col, | |
1301 | bool isSelected) | |
1302 | { | |
1303 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1304 | ||
1305 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1306 | ||
1307 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1308 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1309 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1310 | hAlign = wxRIGHT; | |
1311 | ||
1312 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1313 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1314 | ||
1315 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1316 | } | |
1317 | ||
1318 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1319 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1320 | wxDC& dc, | |
1321 | int row, int col) | |
1322 | { | |
1323 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1324 | } | |
1325 | ||
1326 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1327 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1328 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1329 | ||
1330 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1331 | { | |
1332 | SetWidth(width); | |
1333 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1334 | } | |
1335 | ||
1336 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1337 | { | |
1338 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1339 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1340 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1341 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1342 | ||
1343 | return renderer; | |
1344 | } | |
1345 | ||
1346 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1347 | { | |
1348 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1349 | ||
1350 | bool hasDouble; | |
1351 | double val; | |
1352 | wxString text; | |
1353 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1354 | { | |
1355 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1356 | hasDouble = TRUE; | |
1357 | } | |
1358 | else | |
1359 | { | |
1360 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1361 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
1365 | { | |
1366 | if ( !m_format ) | |
1367 | { | |
1368 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1369 | { | |
1370 | // default width/precision | |
1371 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
1372 | } | |
1373 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | // default precision | |
1376 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1377 | } | |
1378 | else | |
1379 | { | |
1380 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1381 | } | |
1382 | } | |
1383 | ||
1384 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
1385 | } | |
1386 | //else: text already contains the string | |
1387 | ||
1388 | return text; | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | ||
1391 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1392 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1393 | wxDC& dc, | |
1394 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1395 | int row, int col, | |
1396 | bool isSelected) | |
1397 | { | |
1398 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1399 | ||
1400 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1401 | ||
1402 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1403 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1404 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1405 | hAlign = wxRIGHT; | |
1406 | ||
1407 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1408 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1409 | ||
1410 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1411 | } | |
1412 | ||
1413 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1414 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1415 | wxDC& dc, | |
1416 | int row, int col) | |
1417 | { | |
1418 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1419 | } | |
1420 | ||
1421 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1422 | { | |
1423 | bool ok = TRUE; | |
1424 | ||
1425 | if ( !params ) | |
1426 | { | |
1427 | // reset to defaults | |
1428 | SetWidth(-1); | |
1429 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
1430 | } | |
1431 | else | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
1434 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1435 | { | |
1436 | long width; | |
1437 | if ( !tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
1438 | { | |
1439 | ok = FALSE; | |
1440 | } | |
1441 | else | |
1442 | { | |
1443 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
1444 | ||
1445 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
1446 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1447 | { | |
1448 | long precision; | |
1449 | if ( !tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | ok = FALSE; | |
1452 | } | |
1453 | else | |
1454 | { | |
1455 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
1456 | } | |
1457 | } | |
1458 | } | |
1459 | } | |
1460 | ||
1461 | if ( !ok ) | |
1462 | { | |
1463 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer parameter string " | |
1464 | "'%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1465 | } | |
1466 | } | |
1467 | } | |
1468 | ||
1469 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1470 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
1471 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1472 | ||
1473 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1474 | ||
1475 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
1476 | ||
1477 | // between checkmark and box | |
1478 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
1479 | ||
1480 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1481 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
1482 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
1483 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
1484 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
1485 | { | |
1486 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
1487 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
1488 | { | |
1489 | // get checkbox size | |
1490 | wxCoord checkSize = 0; | |
1491 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString); | |
1492 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
1493 | checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
1494 | ||
1495 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
1496 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1497 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
1498 | #endif | |
1499 | ||
1500 | delete checkbox; | |
1501 | ||
1502 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
1503 | } | |
1504 | ||
1505 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1506 | } | |
1507 | ||
1508 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1509 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1510 | wxDC& dc, | |
1511 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1512 | int row, int col, | |
1513 | bool isSelected) | |
1514 | { | |
1515 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
1516 | ||
1517 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
1518 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
1519 | ||
1520 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
1521 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
1522 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1523 | { | |
1524 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
1525 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1526 | } | |
1527 | ||
1528 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
1529 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
1530 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2; | |
1531 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1532 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
1533 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
1534 | ||
1535 | bool value; | |
1536 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1537 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1538 | else | |
1539 | value = !!grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1540 | ||
1541 | if ( value ) | |
1542 | { | |
1543 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
1544 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1545 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
1546 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2); | |
1547 | rectMark.x++; | |
1548 | rectMark.y++; | |
1549 | #else // !MSW | |
1550 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
1551 | #endif // MSW/!MSW | |
1552 | ||
1553 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
1554 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
1555 | } | |
1556 | ||
1557 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
1558 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
1559 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
1560 | } | |
1561 | ||
1562 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1563 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
1564 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1565 | ||
1566 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
1567 | { | |
1568 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
1569 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
1570 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
1571 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1572 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1573 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
1574 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1575 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
1576 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
1577 | ||
1578 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
1579 | { | |
1580 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
1581 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1582 | } | |
1583 | if ( m_editor ) | |
1584 | { | |
1585 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
1586 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1587 | } | |
1588 | ||
1589 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
1590 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
1591 | ||
1592 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
1593 | ||
1594 | return attr; | |
1595 | } | |
1596 | ||
1597 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
1598 | { | |
1599 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
1600 | { | |
1601 | return m_colText; | |
1602 | } | |
1603 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1604 | { | |
1605 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
1606 | } | |
1607 | else | |
1608 | { | |
1609 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1610 | return wxNullColour; | |
1611 | } | |
1612 | } | |
1613 | ||
1614 | ||
1615 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
1616 | { | |
1617 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
1618 | return m_colBack; | |
1619 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1620 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
1621 | else | |
1622 | { | |
1623 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1624 | return wxNullColour; | |
1625 | } | |
1626 | } | |
1627 | ||
1628 | ||
1629 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
1630 | { | |
1631 | if (HasFont()) | |
1632 | return m_font; | |
1633 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1634 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
1635 | else | |
1636 | { | |
1637 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1638 | return wxNullFont; | |
1639 | } | |
1640 | } | |
1641 | ||
1642 | ||
1643 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
1644 | { | |
1645 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
1646 | { | |
1647 | if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
1648 | if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
1649 | } | |
1650 | else if (m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1651 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
1652 | else | |
1653 | { | |
1654 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1655 | } | |
1656 | } | |
1657 | ||
1658 | ||
1659 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
1660 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
1661 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
1662 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
1663 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
1664 | // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
1665 | ||
1666 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
1667 | { | |
1668 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = NULL; | |
1669 | ||
1670 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) | |
1671 | { | |
1672 | renderer = m_renderer; // use local attribute | |
1673 | if ( renderer ) | |
1674 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
1675 | } | |
1676 | ||
1677 | if ( !renderer && grid ) // get renderer for the data type | |
1678 | { | |
1679 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
1680 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
1681 | } | |
1682 | ||
1683 | if ( !renderer ) | |
1684 | { | |
1685 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
1686 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
1687 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL,0,0); | |
1688 | } | |
1689 | ||
1690 | if ( !renderer) | |
1691 | { | |
1692 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1693 | } | |
1694 | ||
1695 | return renderer; | |
1696 | } | |
1697 | ||
1698 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
1699 | { | |
1700 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = NULL; | |
1701 | ||
1702 | if ( m_defGridAttr != this || grid == NULL ) | |
1703 | { | |
1704 | editor = m_editor; // use local attribute | |
1705 | if ( editor ) | |
1706 | editor->IncRef(); | |
1707 | } | |
1708 | ||
1709 | if ( !editor && grid ) // get renderer for the data type | |
1710 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
1711 | ||
1712 | if ( !editor ) | |
1713 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
1714 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
1715 | ||
1716 | if ( !editor ) | |
1717 | { | |
1718 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1719 | } | |
1720 | ||
1721 | return editor; | |
1722 | } | |
1723 | ||
1724 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1725 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
1726 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1727 | ||
1728 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
1729 | { | |
1730 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
1731 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
1732 | { | |
1733 | // add the attribute | |
1734 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
1735 | } | |
1736 | else | |
1737 | { | |
1738 | if ( attr ) | |
1739 | { | |
1740 | // change the attribute | |
1741 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
1742 | } | |
1743 | else | |
1744 | { | |
1745 | // remove this attribute | |
1746 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
1747 | } | |
1748 | } | |
1749 | } | |
1750 | ||
1751 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
1752 | { | |
1753 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
1754 | ||
1755 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
1756 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
1757 | { | |
1758 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
1759 | attr->IncRef(); | |
1760 | } | |
1761 | ||
1762 | return attr; | |
1763 | } | |
1764 | ||
1765 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
1766 | { | |
1767 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
1768 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1769 | { | |
1770 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
1771 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
1772 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
1773 | { | |
1774 | if (numRows > 0) | |
1775 | { | |
1776 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
1777 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
1778 | } | |
1779 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
1780 | { | |
1781 | // If rows deleted ... | |
1782 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
1783 | { | |
1784 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
1785 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
1786 | } | |
1787 | else | |
1788 | { | |
1789 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
1790 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
1791 | n--; count--; | |
1792 | } | |
1793 | } | |
1794 | } | |
1795 | } | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | ||
1798 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
1799 | { | |
1800 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
1801 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1802 | { | |
1803 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
1804 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
1805 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
1806 | { | |
1807 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
1808 | { | |
1809 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
1810 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
1811 | } | |
1812 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
1813 | { | |
1814 | // If rows deleted ... | |
1815 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
1816 | { | |
1817 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
1818 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
1819 | } | |
1820 | else | |
1821 | { | |
1822 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
1823 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
1824 | n--; count--; | |
1825 | } | |
1826 | } | |
1827 | } | |
1828 | } | |
1829 | } | |
1830 | ||
1831 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
1832 | { | |
1833 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
1834 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1835 | { | |
1836 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
1837 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
1838 | { | |
1839 | return n; | |
1840 | } | |
1841 | } | |
1842 | ||
1843 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
1844 | } | |
1845 | ||
1846 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1847 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
1848 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1849 | ||
1850 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
1851 | { | |
1852 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
1853 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1854 | { | |
1855 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
1856 | } | |
1857 | } | |
1858 | ||
1859 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
1860 | { | |
1861 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
1862 | ||
1863 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
1864 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
1865 | { | |
1866 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
1867 | attr->IncRef(); | |
1868 | } | |
1869 | ||
1870 | return attr; | |
1871 | } | |
1872 | ||
1873 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
1874 | { | |
1875 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
1876 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
1877 | { | |
1878 | // add the attribute | |
1879 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
1880 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
1881 | } | |
1882 | else | |
1883 | { | |
1884 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
1885 | if ( attr ) | |
1886 | { | |
1887 | // change the attribute | |
1888 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
1889 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
1890 | } | |
1891 | else | |
1892 | { | |
1893 | // remove this attribute | |
1894 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
1895 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
1896 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
1897 | } | |
1898 | } | |
1899 | } | |
1900 | ||
1901 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
1902 | { | |
1903 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
1904 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1905 | { | |
1906 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
1907 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
1908 | { | |
1909 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
1910 | { | |
1911 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
1912 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
1913 | } | |
1914 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
1915 | { | |
1916 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
1917 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
1918 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
1919 | else | |
1920 | { | |
1921 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
1922 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
1923 | n--; count--; | |
1924 | } | |
1925 | } | |
1926 | } | |
1927 | } | |
1928 | } | |
1929 | ||
1930 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1931 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
1932 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1933 | ||
1934 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
1935 | { | |
1936 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
1937 | } | |
1938 | ||
1939 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
1940 | { | |
1941 | delete m_data; | |
1942 | } | |
1943 | ||
1944 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
1945 | { | |
1946 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
1947 | } | |
1948 | ||
1949 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
1950 | { | |
1951 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
1952 | if ( m_data ) | |
1953 | { | |
1954 | // first look for the attribute of this specific cell | |
1955 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
1956 | ||
1957 | if ( !attr ) | |
1958 | { | |
1959 | // then look for the col attr (col attributes are more common than | |
1960 | // the row ones, hence they have priority) | |
1961 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
1962 | } | |
1963 | ||
1964 | if ( !attr ) | |
1965 | { | |
1966 | // finally try the row attributes | |
1967 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
1968 | } | |
1969 | } | |
1970 | ||
1971 | return attr; | |
1972 | } | |
1973 | ||
1974 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
1975 | int row, int col) | |
1976 | { | |
1977 | if ( !m_data ) | |
1978 | InitData(); | |
1979 | ||
1980 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
1981 | } | |
1982 | ||
1983 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
1984 | { | |
1985 | if ( !m_data ) | |
1986 | InitData(); | |
1987 | ||
1988 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
1989 | } | |
1990 | ||
1991 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
1992 | { | |
1993 | if ( !m_data ) | |
1994 | InitData(); | |
1995 | ||
1996 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
1997 | } | |
1998 | ||
1999 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2000 | { | |
2001 | if ( m_data ) | |
2002 | { | |
2003 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2004 | ||
2005 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2006 | } | |
2007 | } | |
2008 | ||
2009 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2010 | { | |
2011 | if ( m_data ) | |
2012 | { | |
2013 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2014 | ||
2015 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | } | |
2018 | ||
2019 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2020 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2021 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2022 | ||
2023 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2024 | { | |
2025 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2026 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2027 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2028 | } | |
2029 | ||
2030 | ||
2031 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2032 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2033 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2034 | { | |
2035 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2036 | ||
2037 | // is it already registered? | |
2038 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2039 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2040 | { | |
2041 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2042 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2043 | } | |
2044 | else | |
2045 | { | |
2046 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2047 | } | |
2048 | } | |
2049 | ||
2050 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2051 | { | |
2052 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2053 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2054 | { | |
2055 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2056 | { | |
2057 | return i; | |
2058 | } | |
2059 | } | |
2060 | ||
2061 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2062 | } | |
2063 | ||
2064 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2065 | { | |
2066 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2067 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2068 | { | |
2069 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2070 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2071 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2072 | { | |
2073 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2074 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2075 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2076 | } | |
2077 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2078 | { | |
2079 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2080 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2081 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2082 | } | |
2083 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2084 | { | |
2085 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2086 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2087 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2088 | } | |
2089 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2090 | { | |
2091 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2092 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2093 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2094 | } | |
2095 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2098 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2099 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2100 | } | |
2101 | else | |
2102 | { | |
2103 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2104 | } | |
2105 | ||
2106 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2107 | // the last index | |
2108 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2109 | } | |
2110 | ||
2111 | return index; | |
2112 | } | |
2113 | ||
2114 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2115 | { | |
2116 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
2117 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2118 | { | |
2119 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
2120 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
2121 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
2122 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2123 | { | |
2124 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2125 | } | |
2126 | ||
2127 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
2128 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
2129 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
2130 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
2131 | ||
2132 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
2133 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
2134 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
2135 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
2136 | ||
2137 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
2138 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
2139 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
2140 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
2141 | ||
2142 | // register the new typename | |
2143 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2144 | ||
2145 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
2146 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2147 | } | |
2148 | ||
2149 | return index; | |
2150 | } | |
2151 | ||
2152 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
2153 | { | |
2154 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
2155 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2156 | return renderer; | |
2157 | } | |
2158 | ||
2159 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
2160 | { | |
2161 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
2162 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2163 | return editor; | |
2164 | } | |
2165 | ||
2166 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2167 | // wxGridTableBase | |
2168 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2169 | ||
2170 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
2171 | ||
2172 | ||
2173 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
2176 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
2177 | } | |
2178 | ||
2179 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
2180 | { | |
2181 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2182 | } | |
2183 | ||
2184 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
2185 | { | |
2186 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2187 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
2188 | } | |
2189 | ||
2190 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
2191 | { | |
2192 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
2193 | { | |
2194 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
2195 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
2196 | } | |
2197 | return TRUE; | |
2198 | } | |
2199 | ||
2200 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col) | |
2201 | { | |
2202 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2203 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col); | |
2204 | else | |
2205 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2206 | } | |
2207 | ||
2208 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
2209 | { | |
2210 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2211 | { | |
2212 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2213 | } | |
2214 | else | |
2215 | { | |
2216 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2217 | // free it now | |
2218 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2219 | } | |
2220 | } | |
2221 | ||
2222 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2223 | { | |
2224 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2225 | { | |
2226 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
2227 | } | |
2228 | else | |
2229 | { | |
2230 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2231 | // free it now | |
2232 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2233 | } | |
2234 | } | |
2235 | ||
2236 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2237 | { | |
2238 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2239 | { | |
2240 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
2241 | } | |
2242 | else | |
2243 | { | |
2244 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2245 | // free it now | |
2246 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2247 | } | |
2248 | } | |
2249 | ||
2250 | void wxGridTableBase::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2251 | { | |
2252 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2253 | { | |
2254 | m_attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2255 | } | |
2256 | } | |
2257 | ||
2258 | void wxGridTableBase::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2259 | { | |
2260 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2261 | { | |
2262 | m_attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2263 | } | |
2264 | } | |
2265 | ||
2266 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2267 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2268 | { | |
2269 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\n" | |
2270 | "but your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
2271 | ||
2272 | return FALSE; | |
2273 | } | |
2274 | ||
2275 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2276 | { | |
2277 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\n" | |
2278 | "but your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2279 | ||
2280 | return FALSE; | |
2281 | } | |
2282 | ||
2283 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2284 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2285 | { | |
2286 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\n" | |
2287 | "but your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2288 | ||
2289 | return FALSE; | |
2290 | } | |
2291 | ||
2292 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2293 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2294 | { | |
2295 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\n" | |
2296 | "but your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2297 | ||
2298 | return FALSE; | |
2299 | } | |
2300 | ||
2301 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2302 | { | |
2303 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\n" | |
2304 | "but your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2305 | ||
2306 | return FALSE; | |
2307 | } | |
2308 | ||
2309 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2310 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2311 | { | |
2312 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\n" | |
2313 | "but your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2314 | ||
2315 | return FALSE; | |
2316 | } | |
2317 | ||
2318 | ||
2319 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
2320 | { | |
2321 | wxString s; | |
2322 | s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter | |
2323 | // how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
2324 | return s; | |
2325 | } | |
2326 | ||
2327 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
2328 | { | |
2329 | // default col labels are: | |
2330 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
2331 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
2332 | // etc. | |
2333 | ||
2334 | wxString s; | |
2335 | unsigned int i, n; | |
2336 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
2337 | { | |
2338 | s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 )); | |
2339 | col = col/26 - 1; | |
2340 | if ( col < 0 ) break; | |
2341 | } | |
2342 | ||
2343 | // reverse the string... | |
2344 | wxString s2; | |
2345 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
2346 | { | |
2347 | s2 += s[n-i-1]; | |
2348 | } | |
2349 | ||
2350 | return s2; | |
2351 | } | |
2352 | ||
2353 | ||
2354 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2355 | { | |
2356 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2357 | } | |
2358 | ||
2359 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2360 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
2361 | { | |
2362 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2363 | } | |
2364 | ||
2365 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
2366 | { | |
2367 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
2368 | } | |
2369 | ||
2370 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2371 | { | |
2372 | return 0; | |
2373 | } | |
2374 | ||
2375 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2376 | { | |
2377 | return 0.0; | |
2378 | } | |
2379 | ||
2380 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2381 | { | |
2382 | return FALSE; | |
2383 | } | |
2384 | ||
2385 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2386 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2387 | { | |
2388 | } | |
2389 | ||
2390 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2391 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | } | |
2394 | ||
2395 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2396 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2397 | { | |
2398 | } | |
2399 | ||
2400 | ||
2401 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2402 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
2403 | { | |
2404 | return NULL; | |
2405 | } | |
2406 | ||
2407 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2408 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
2409 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2410 | { | |
2411 | } | |
2412 | ||
2413 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2414 | // | |
2415 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
2416 | // to the grid view | |
2417 | // | |
2418 | ||
2419 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
2420 | { | |
2421 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
2422 | m_id = -1; | |
2423 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
2424 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
2425 | } | |
2426 | ||
2427 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
2428 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
2429 | { | |
2430 | m_table = table; | |
2431 | m_id = id; | |
2432 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
2433 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
2434 | } | |
2435 | ||
2436 | ||
2437 | ||
2438 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2439 | // | |
2440 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
2441 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
2442 | // | |
2443 | ||
2444 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
2445 | ||
2446 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
2447 | ||
2448 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
2449 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2450 | { | |
2451 | } | |
2452 | ||
2453 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
2454 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2455 | { | |
2456 | int row, col; | |
2457 | ||
2458 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
2459 | ||
2460 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2461 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
2462 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2463 | { | |
2464 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2465 | } | |
2466 | ||
2467 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2468 | { | |
2469 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2470 | } | |
2471 | } | |
2472 | ||
2473 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
2474 | { | |
2475 | } | |
2476 | ||
2477 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
2478 | { | |
2479 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
2480 | } | |
2481 | ||
2482 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
2483 | { | |
2484 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
2485 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2486 | else | |
2487 | return 0; | |
2488 | } | |
2489 | ||
2490 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
2491 | { | |
2492 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2493 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2494 | ||
2495 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
2496 | } | |
2497 | ||
2498 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
2499 | { | |
2500 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2501 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2502 | ||
2503 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
2504 | } | |
2505 | ||
2506 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
2507 | { | |
2508 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2509 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2510 | ||
2511 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
2512 | } | |
2513 | ||
2514 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
2515 | { | |
2516 | int row, col; | |
2517 | int numRows, numCols; | |
2518 | ||
2519 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2520 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
2521 | { | |
2522 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2523 | ||
2524 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2525 | { | |
2526 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2527 | { | |
2528 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
2529 | } | |
2530 | } | |
2531 | } | |
2532 | } | |
2533 | ||
2534 | ||
2535 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
2536 | { | |
2537 | size_t row, col; | |
2538 | ||
2539 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2540 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : 0 ); | |
2541 | ||
2542 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
2543 | { | |
2544 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
2545 | } | |
2546 | ||
2547 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2548 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2549 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2552 | } | |
2553 | ||
2554 | for ( row = pos; row < pos + numRows; row++ ) | |
2555 | { | |
2556 | m_data.Insert( sa, row ); | |
2557 | } | |
2558 | UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2559 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2560 | { | |
2561 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2562 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
2563 | pos, | |
2564 | numRows ); | |
2565 | ||
2566 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2567 | } | |
2568 | ||
2569 | return TRUE; | |
2570 | } | |
2571 | ||
2572 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
2573 | { | |
2574 | size_t row, col; | |
2575 | ||
2576 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2577 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : 0 ); | |
2578 | ||
2579 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2580 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
2581 | { | |
2582 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2583 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2584 | { | |
2585 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2586 | } | |
2587 | } | |
2588 | ||
2589 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2590 | { | |
2591 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2592 | } | |
2593 | ||
2594 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2595 | { | |
2596 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2597 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
2598 | numRows ); | |
2599 | ||
2600 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2601 | } | |
2602 | ||
2603 | return TRUE; | |
2604 | } | |
2605 | ||
2606 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
2607 | { | |
2608 | size_t n; | |
2609 | ||
2610 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2611 | ||
2612 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
2613 | { | |
2614 | wxString errmsg; | |
2615 | errmsg.Printf("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%d, N=%d)\n" | |
2616 | "Pos value is invalid for present table with %d rows", | |
2617 | pos, numRows, curNumRows ); | |
2618 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT(errmsg) ); | |
2619 | return FALSE; | |
2620 | } | |
2621 | ||
2622 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
2623 | { | |
2624 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
2625 | } | |
2626 | ||
2627 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
2628 | { | |
2629 | m_data.Empty(); // don't release memory just yet | |
2630 | } | |
2631 | else | |
2632 | { | |
2633 | for ( n = 0; n < numRows; n++ ) | |
2634 | { | |
2635 | m_data.Remove( pos ); | |
2636 | } | |
2637 | } | |
2638 | UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
2639 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2640 | { | |
2641 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2642 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
2643 | pos, | |
2644 | numRows ); | |
2645 | ||
2646 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2647 | } | |
2648 | ||
2649 | return TRUE; | |
2650 | } | |
2651 | ||
2652 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
2653 | { | |
2654 | size_t row, col; | |
2655 | ||
2656 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2657 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : 0 ); | |
2658 | ||
2659 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
2660 | { | |
2661 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
2662 | } | |
2663 | ||
2664 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
2665 | { | |
2666 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
2667 | { | |
2668 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
2669 | } | |
2670 | } | |
2671 | UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2672 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2673 | { | |
2674 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2675 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
2676 | pos, | |
2677 | numCols ); | |
2678 | ||
2679 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2680 | } | |
2681 | ||
2682 | return TRUE; | |
2683 | } | |
2684 | ||
2685 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
2686 | { | |
2687 | size_t row, n; | |
2688 | ||
2689 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2690 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
2691 | { | |
2692 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
2693 | // | |
2694 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\n" | |
2695 | "Call AppendRows() first") ); | |
2696 | return FALSE; | |
2697 | } | |
2698 | ||
2699 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
2700 | { | |
2701 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
2702 | { | |
2703 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2704 | } | |
2705 | } | |
2706 | ||
2707 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2708 | { | |
2709 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2710 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
2711 | numCols ); | |
2712 | ||
2713 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2714 | } | |
2715 | ||
2716 | return TRUE; | |
2717 | } | |
2718 | ||
2719 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
2720 | { | |
2721 | size_t row, n; | |
2722 | ||
2723 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2724 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : 0 ); | |
2725 | ||
2726 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
2727 | { | |
2728 | wxString errmsg; | |
2729 | errmsg.Printf( "Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%d, N=%d)...\n" | |
2730 | "Pos value is invalid for present table with %d cols", | |
2731 | pos, numCols, curNumCols ); | |
2732 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT( errmsg ) ); | |
2733 | return FALSE; | |
2734 | } | |
2735 | ||
2736 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) | |
2737 | { | |
2738 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; | |
2739 | } | |
2740 | ||
2741 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
2742 | { | |
2743 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
2744 | { | |
2745 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
2746 | } | |
2747 | else | |
2748 | { | |
2749 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
2750 | { | |
2751 | m_data[row].Remove( pos ); | |
2752 | } | |
2753 | } | |
2754 | } | |
2755 | UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
2756 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2757 | { | |
2758 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2759 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
2760 | pos, | |
2761 | numCols ); | |
2762 | ||
2763 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2764 | } | |
2765 | ||
2766 | return TRUE; | |
2767 | } | |
2768 | ||
2769 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
2770 | { | |
2771 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
2772 | { | |
2773 | // using default label | |
2774 | // | |
2775 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
2776 | } | |
2777 | else | |
2778 | { | |
2779 | return m_rowLabels[ row ]; | |
2780 | } | |
2781 | } | |
2782 | ||
2783 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
2786 | { | |
2787 | // using default label | |
2788 | // | |
2789 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | else | |
2792 | { | |
2793 | return m_colLabels[ col ]; | |
2794 | } | |
2795 | } | |
2796 | ||
2797 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
2798 | { | |
2799 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
2800 | { | |
2801 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
2802 | int i; | |
2803 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
2804 | { | |
2805 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
2806 | } | |
2807 | } | |
2808 | ||
2809 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
2810 | } | |
2811 | ||
2812 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
2813 | { | |
2814 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
2815 | { | |
2816 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
2817 | int i; | |
2818 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
2821 | } | |
2822 | } | |
2823 | ||
2824 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
2825 | } | |
2826 | ||
2827 | ||
2828 | ||
2829 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2830 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2831 | ||
2832 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
2833 | ||
2834 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
2835 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
2836 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
2837 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
2838 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
2839 | ||
2840 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
2841 | wxWindowID id, | |
2842 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
2843 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
2844 | { | |
2845 | m_owner = parent; | |
2846 | } | |
2847 | ||
2848 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
2849 | { | |
2850 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
2851 | ||
2852 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
2853 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
2854 | // set the y coord - MB | |
2855 | // | |
2856 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
2857 | ||
2858 | int x, y; | |
2859 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
2860 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
2861 | ||
2862 | m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
2863 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc ); | |
2864 | } | |
2865 | ||
2866 | ||
2867 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
2868 | { | |
2869 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
2870 | } | |
2871 | ||
2872 | ||
2873 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
2874 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
2875 | // | |
2876 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
2877 | { | |
2878 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
2879 | } | |
2880 | ||
2881 | ||
2882 | ||
2883 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2884 | ||
2885 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
2886 | ||
2887 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
2888 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
2889 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
2890 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
2891 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
2892 | ||
2893 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
2894 | wxWindowID id, | |
2895 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
2896 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
2897 | { | |
2898 | m_owner = parent; | |
2899 | } | |
2900 | ||
2901 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
2902 | { | |
2903 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
2904 | ||
2905 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
2906 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
2907 | // set the x coord - MB | |
2908 | // | |
2909 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
2910 | ||
2911 | int x, y; | |
2912 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
2913 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
2914 | ||
2915 | m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
2916 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc ); | |
2917 | } | |
2918 | ||
2919 | ||
2920 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
2921 | { | |
2922 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
2923 | } | |
2924 | ||
2925 | ||
2926 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
2927 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
2928 | // | |
2929 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
2930 | { | |
2931 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
2932 | } | |
2933 | ||
2934 | ||
2935 | ||
2936 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2937 | ||
2938 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
2939 | ||
2940 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
2941 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
2942 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint) | |
2943 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
2944 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
2945 | ||
2946 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
2947 | wxWindowID id, | |
2948 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
2949 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
2950 | { | |
2951 | m_owner = parent; | |
2952 | } | |
2953 | ||
2954 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
2955 | { | |
2956 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
2957 | ||
2958 | int client_height = 0; | |
2959 | int client_width = 0; | |
2960 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
2961 | ||
2962 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
2963 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 ); | |
2964 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 ); | |
2965 | ||
2966 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
2967 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
2968 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
2969 | } | |
2970 | ||
2971 | ||
2972 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
2973 | { | |
2974 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
2975 | } | |
2976 | ||
2977 | ||
2978 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
2979 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
2980 | // | |
2981 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
2982 | { | |
2983 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
2984 | } | |
2985 | ||
2986 | ||
2987 | ||
2988 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2989 | ||
2990 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) | |
2991 | ||
2992 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxPanel ) | |
2993 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
2994 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
2995 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
2996 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
2997 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
2998 | ||
2999 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3000 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3001 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3002 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3003 | : wxPanel( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS, "grid window" ) | |
3004 | { | |
3005 | m_owner = parent; | |
3006 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3007 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3008 | SetBackgroundColour( "WHITE" ); | |
3009 | } | |
3010 | ||
3011 | ||
3012 | wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow() | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | } | |
3015 | ||
3016 | ||
3017 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3018 | { | |
3019 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3020 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3021 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3022 | m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3023 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc ); | |
3024 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3025 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3026 | #endif | |
3027 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3028 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc ); | |
3029 | } | |
3030 | ||
3031 | ||
3032 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3033 | { | |
3034 | wxPanel::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3035 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3036 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3037 | } | |
3038 | ||
3039 | ||
3040 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3041 | { | |
3042 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3043 | } | |
3044 | ||
3045 | ||
3046 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3047 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3048 | // | |
3049 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3050 | { | |
3051 | if ( !m_owner->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3052 | } | |
3053 | ||
3054 | ||
3055 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3056 | { | |
3057 | } | |
3058 | ||
3059 | ||
3060 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3061 | ||
3062 | ||
3063 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3064 | ||
3065 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3066 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
3067 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
3068 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
3069 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3070 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3071 | ||
3072 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
3073 | wxWindowID id, | |
3074 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3075 | const wxSize& size, | |
3076 | long style, | |
3077 | const wxString& name ) | |
3078 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
3079 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
3080 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
3081 | { | |
3082 | Create(); | |
3083 | } | |
3084 | ||
3085 | ||
3086 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
3087 | { | |
3088 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
3089 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3090 | ||
3091 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
3092 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
3093 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
3094 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
3095 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
3096 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
3097 | #endif | |
3098 | ||
3099 | if (m_ownTable) | |
3100 | delete m_table; | |
3101 | ||
3102 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
3103 | delete m_selection; | |
3104 | } | |
3105 | ||
3106 | ||
3107 | // | |
3108 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
3109 | // | |
3110 | ||
3111 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
3112 | { | |
3113 | m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid | |
3114 | ||
3115 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3116 | m_ownTable = FALSE; | |
3117 | ||
3118 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
3119 | ||
3120 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
3121 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3122 | ||
3123 | // Set default cell attributes | |
3124 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
3125 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxLEFT, wxTOP); | |
3126 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
3127 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
3128 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
3129 | wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
3130 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
3131 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3132 | ||
3133 | ||
3134 | m_numRows = 0; | |
3135 | m_numCols = 0; | |
3136 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3137 | ||
3138 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3139 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3140 | ||
3141 | // create the type registry | |
3142 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
3143 | m_selection = 0; | |
3144 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
3145 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
3146 | -1, | |
3147 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3148 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3149 | ||
3150 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
3151 | -1, | |
3152 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3153 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3154 | ||
3155 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
3156 | -1, | |
3157 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3158 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3159 | ||
3160 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
3161 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
3162 | m_colLabelWin, | |
3163 | -1, | |
3164 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3165 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3166 | ||
3167 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
3168 | } | |
3169 | ||
3170 | ||
3171 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
3172 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3173 | { | |
3174 | if ( m_created ) | |
3175 | { | |
3176 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3177 | return FALSE; | |
3178 | } | |
3179 | else | |
3180 | { | |
3181 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
3182 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
3183 | ||
3184 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
3185 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3186 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3187 | Init(); | |
3188 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3189 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3190 | } | |
3191 | return m_created; | |
3192 | } | |
3193 | ||
3194 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
3195 | { | |
3196 | if ( !m_created ) | |
3197 | { | |
3198 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
3199 | } | |
3200 | else | |
3201 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
3202 | } | |
3203 | ||
3204 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
3205 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3206 | { | |
3207 | if ( m_created ) | |
3208 | { | |
3209 | // RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be | |
3210 | // nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single | |
3211 | // View at runtime. Is there anything in the implmentation that would | |
3212 | // prevent this? | |
3213 | ||
3214 | // At least, you now have to cope with m_selection | |
3215 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3216 | return FALSE; | |
3217 | } | |
3218 | else | |
3219 | { | |
3220 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
3221 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
3222 | ||
3223 | m_table = table; | |
3224 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3225 | if (takeOwnership) | |
3226 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3227 | Init(); | |
3228 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3229 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3230 | } | |
3231 | ||
3232 | return m_created; | |
3233 | } | |
3234 | ||
3235 | ||
3236 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
3237 | { | |
3238 | if ( m_numRows <= 0 ) | |
3239 | m_numRows = WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_ROWS; | |
3240 | ||
3241 | if ( m_numCols <= 0 ) | |
3242 | m_numCols = WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_COLS; | |
3243 | ||
3244 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3245 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3246 | ||
3247 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
3248 | { | |
3249 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
3250 | } | |
3251 | else | |
3252 | { | |
3253 | m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") ); | |
3254 | } | |
3255 | ||
3256 | m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") ); | |
3257 | ||
3258 | // init attr cache | |
3259 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
3260 | ||
3261 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3262 | // | |
3263 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
3264 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( m_labelFont.GetWeight() + 2 ); | |
3265 | ||
3266 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxLEFT; | |
3267 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxCENTRE; | |
3268 | ||
3269 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxCENTRE; | |
3270 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxTOP; | |
3271 | ||
3272 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
3273 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
3274 | ||
3275 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
3276 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
3277 | #else | |
3278 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
3279 | #endif | |
3280 | ||
3281 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 128, 128, 255 ); | |
3282 | m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE; | |
3283 | ||
3284 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3285 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
3286 | m_canDragRowSize = TRUE; | |
3287 | m_canDragColSize = TRUE; | |
3288 | m_canDragGridSize = TRUE; | |
3289 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3290 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
3291 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
3292 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3293 | ||
3294 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
3295 | ||
3296 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
3297 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
3298 | ||
3299 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3300 | ||
3301 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3302 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3303 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
3304 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
3305 | ||
3306 | m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid | |
3307 | ||
3308 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
3309 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
3310 | ||
3311 | m_extraWidth = | |
3312 | m_extraHeight = 50; | |
3313 | ||
3314 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3315 | } | |
3316 | ||
3317 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3318 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
3319 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
3320 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
3321 | // arrays at all | |
3322 | // | |
3323 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
3324 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
3325 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3326 | ||
3327 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
3328 | { | |
3329 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
3330 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
3331 | ||
3332 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3333 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3334 | ||
3335 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
3336 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3337 | { | |
3338 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3339 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
3340 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
3341 | } | |
3342 | } | |
3343 | ||
3344 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
3345 | { | |
3346 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
3347 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
3348 | ||
3349 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3350 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3351 | int colRight = 0; | |
3352 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3353 | { | |
3354 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
3355 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; | |
3356 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
3357 | } | |
3358 | } | |
3359 | ||
3360 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
3361 | { | |
3362 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
3363 | } | |
3364 | ||
3365 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
3366 | { | |
3367 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth | |
3368 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
3369 | } | |
3370 | ||
3371 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
3372 | { | |
3373 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
3374 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
3375 | } | |
3376 | ||
3377 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
3378 | { | |
3379 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3380 | } | |
3381 | ||
3382 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
3383 | { | |
3384 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3385 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3386 | } | |
3387 | ||
3388 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
3389 | { | |
3390 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3391 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
3392 | } | |
3393 | ||
3394 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
3395 | { | |
3396 | int cw, ch; | |
3397 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3398 | ||
3399 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
3400 | { | |
3401 | int right = GetColRight( m_numCols-1 ) + m_extraWidth; | |
3402 | int bottom = GetRowBottom( m_numRows-1 ) + m_extraHeight; | |
3403 | ||
3404 | // TODO: restore the scroll position that we had before sizing | |
3405 | // | |
3406 | int x, y; | |
3407 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
3408 | SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE, GRID_SCROLL_LINE, | |
3409 | right/GRID_SCROLL_LINE, bottom/GRID_SCROLL_LINE, | |
3410 | x, y ); | |
3411 | } | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | ||
3414 | ||
3415 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
3416 | { | |
3417 | int cw, ch; | |
3418 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3419 | ||
3420 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3421 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
3422 | ||
3423 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3424 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight); | |
3425 | ||
3426 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3427 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3428 | ||
3429 | if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
3430 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3431 | } | |
3432 | ||
3433 | ||
3434 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it | |
3435 | // has been redimensioned | |
3436 | // | |
3437 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
3438 | { | |
3439 | int i; | |
3440 | ||
3441 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
3442 | // now | |
3443 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
3444 | { | |
3445 | InitColWidths(); | |
3446 | } | |
3447 | ||
3448 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3449 | { | |
3450 | InitRowHeights(); | |
3451 | } | |
3452 | ||
3453 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
3454 | { | |
3455 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
3456 | { | |
3457 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3458 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3459 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3460 | { | |
3461 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos ); | |
3462 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
3463 | } | |
3464 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3465 | ||
3466 | int bottom = 0; | |
3467 | if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1]; | |
3468 | ||
3469 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3470 | { | |
3471 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3472 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3473 | } | |
3474 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3475 | } | |
3476 | return TRUE; | |
3477 | ||
3478 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
3479 | { | |
3480 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3481 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3482 | { | |
3483 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3484 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0 ); | |
3485 | } | |
3486 | ||
3487 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
3488 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3489 | ||
3490 | int bottom = 0; | |
3491 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1]; | |
3492 | ||
3493 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3494 | { | |
3495 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3496 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3497 | } | |
3498 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3499 | } | |
3500 | return TRUE; | |
3501 | ||
3502 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
3503 | { | |
3504 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3505 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3506 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3507 | { | |
3508 | m_rowHeights.Remove( pos ); | |
3509 | m_rowBottoms.Remove( pos ); | |
3510 | } | |
3511 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
3512 | ||
3513 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
3514 | { | |
3515 | m_numCols = 0; | |
3516 | m_colWidths.Clear(); | |
3517 | m_colRights.Clear(); | |
3518 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3519 | } | |
3520 | else | |
3521 | { | |
3522 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
3523 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
3524 | ||
3525 | int h = 0; | |
3526 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3527 | { | |
3528 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3529 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
3530 | } | |
3531 | } | |
3532 | ||
3533 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3534 | } | |
3535 | return TRUE; | |
3536 | ||
3537 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
3538 | { | |
3539 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3540 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3541 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
3542 | { | |
3543 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos ); | |
3544 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
3545 | } | |
3546 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
3547 | ||
3548 | int right = 0; | |
3549 | if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1]; | |
3550 | ||
3551 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3552 | { | |
3553 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
3554 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
3555 | } | |
3556 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3557 | } | |
3558 | return TRUE; | |
3559 | ||
3560 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
3561 | { | |
3562 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3563 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
3564 | { | |
3565 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
3566 | m_colRights.Add( 0 ); | |
3567 | } | |
3568 | ||
3569 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
3570 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
3571 | ||
3572 | int right = 0; | |
3573 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1]; | |
3574 | ||
3575 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3576 | { | |
3577 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
3578 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
3579 | } | |
3580 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3581 | } | |
3582 | return TRUE; | |
3583 | ||
3584 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
3585 | { | |
3586 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3587 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3588 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
3589 | { | |
3590 | m_colWidths.Remove( pos ); | |
3591 | m_colRights.Remove( pos ); | |
3592 | } | |
3593 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
3594 | ||
3595 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
3596 | { | |
3597 | #if 0 // leave the row alone here so that AppendCols will work subsequently | |
3598 | m_numRows = 0; | |
3599 | m_rowHeights.Clear(); | |
3600 | m_rowBottoms.Clear(); | |
3601 | #endif | |
3602 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3603 | } | |
3604 | else | |
3605 | { | |
3606 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
3607 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
3608 | ||
3609 | int w = 0; | |
3610 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3611 | { | |
3612 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
3613 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
3614 | } | |
3615 | } | |
3616 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3617 | } | |
3618 | return TRUE; | |
3619 | } | |
3620 | ||
3621 | return FALSE; | |
3622 | } | |
3623 | ||
3624 | ||
3625 | void wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( wxRegion& reg ) | |
3626 | { | |
3627 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
3628 | wxRect r; | |
3629 | ||
3630 | m_rowLabelsExposed.Empty(); | |
3631 | ||
3632 | int top, bottom; | |
3633 | while ( iter ) | |
3634 | { | |
3635 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
3636 | ||
3637 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
3638 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
3639 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
3640 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
3641 | // | |
3642 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
3643 | int cw, ch; | |
3644 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3645 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
3646 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
3647 | #endif | |
3648 | ||
3649 | // logical bounds of update region | |
3650 | // | |
3651 | int dummy; | |
3652 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
3653 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
3654 | ||
3655 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
3656 | // | |
3657 | int row; | |
3658 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
3659 | { | |
3660 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
3661 | continue; | |
3662 | ||
3663 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
3664 | break; | |
3665 | ||
3666 | m_rowLabelsExposed.Add( row ); | |
3667 | } | |
3668 | ||
3669 | iter++ ; | |
3670 | } | |
3671 | } | |
3672 | ||
3673 | ||
3674 | void wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( wxRegion& reg ) | |
3675 | { | |
3676 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
3677 | wxRect r; | |
3678 | ||
3679 | m_colLabelsExposed.Empty(); | |
3680 | ||
3681 | int left, right; | |
3682 | while ( iter ) | |
3683 | { | |
3684 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
3685 | ||
3686 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
3687 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
3688 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
3689 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
3690 | // | |
3691 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
3692 | int cw, ch; | |
3693 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3694 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
3695 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
3696 | #endif | |
3697 | ||
3698 | // logical bounds of update region | |
3699 | // | |
3700 | int dummy; | |
3701 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
3702 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
3703 | ||
3704 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
3705 | // | |
3706 | int col; | |
3707 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
3708 | { | |
3709 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
3710 | continue; | |
3711 | ||
3712 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
3713 | break; | |
3714 | ||
3715 | m_colLabelsExposed.Add( col ); | |
3716 | } | |
3717 | ||
3718 | iter++ ; | |
3719 | } | |
3720 | } | |
3721 | ||
3722 | ||
3723 | void wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( wxRegion& reg ) | |
3724 | { | |
3725 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
3726 | wxRect r; | |
3727 | ||
3728 | m_cellsExposed.Empty(); | |
3729 | m_rowsExposed.Empty(); | |
3730 | m_colsExposed.Empty(); | |
3731 | ||
3732 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
3733 | while ( iter ) | |
3734 | { | |
3735 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
3736 | ||
3737 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
3738 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
3739 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
3740 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
3741 | // | |
3742 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
3743 | int cw, ch; | |
3744 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3745 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
3746 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
3747 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
3748 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
3749 | #endif | |
3750 | ||
3751 | // logical bounds of update region | |
3752 | // | |
3753 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
3754 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
3755 | ||
3756 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
3757 | // | |
3758 | int row, col; | |
3759 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
3760 | { | |
3761 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
3762 | continue; | |
3763 | ||
3764 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
3765 | break; | |
3766 | ||
3767 | m_rowsExposed.Add( row ); | |
3768 | ||
3769 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
3770 | { | |
3771 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
3772 | continue; | |
3773 | ||
3774 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
3775 | break; | |
3776 | ||
3777 | if ( m_colsExposed.Index( col ) == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3778 | m_colsExposed.Add( col ); | |
3779 | m_cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
3780 | } | |
3781 | } | |
3782 | ||
3783 | iter++; | |
3784 | } | |
3785 | } | |
3786 | ||
3787 | ||
3788 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3789 | { | |
3790 | int x, y, row; | |
3791 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
3792 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
3793 | ||
3794 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
3795 | { | |
3796 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
3797 | ||
3798 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
3799 | { | |
3800 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
3801 | { | |
3802 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
3803 | { | |
3804 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
3805 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3806 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
3807 | ||
3808 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
3809 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3810 | y = wxMax( y, | |
3811 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
3812 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
3813 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
3814 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
3815 | { | |
3816 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
3817 | } | |
3818 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
3819 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
3820 | } | |
3821 | break; | |
3822 | ||
3823 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
3824 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
3825 | { | |
3826 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
3827 | event.ControlDown(), | |
3828 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
3829 | event.AltDown(), | |
3830 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
3831 | } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
3834 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
3835 | default: | |
3836 | break; | |
3837 | } | |
3838 | } | |
3839 | return; | |
3840 | } | |
3841 | ||
3842 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
3843 | ||
3844 | ||
3845 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
3846 | // | |
3847 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
3848 | { | |
3849 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3850 | } | |
3851 | ||
3852 | ||
3853 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
3854 | // | |
3855 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
3856 | { | |
3857 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
3858 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
3859 | // wanting to resize the row | |
3860 | // | |
3861 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
3862 | { | |
3863 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3864 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
3865 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3866 | { | |
3867 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
3868 | ClearSelection(); | |
3869 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
3870 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
3871 | 0, | |
3872 | row, | |
3873 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
3874 | event.ControlDown(), | |
3875 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
3876 | event.AltDown(), | |
3877 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
3878 | else | |
3879 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
3880 | event.ControlDown(), | |
3881 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
3882 | event.AltDown(), | |
3883 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
3884 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3885 | } | |
3886 | } | |
3887 | else | |
3888 | { | |
3889 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
3890 | // | |
3891 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
3892 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3893 | } | |
3894 | } | |
3895 | ||
3896 | ||
3897 | // ------------ Left double click | |
3898 | // | |
3899 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
3900 | { | |
3901 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
3902 | { | |
3903 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3904 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ); | |
3905 | } | |
3906 | } | |
3907 | ||
3908 | ||
3909 | // ------------ Left button released | |
3910 | // | |
3911 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
3912 | { | |
3913 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
3914 | { | |
3915 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
3916 | ||
3917 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
3918 | // default processing in this case | |
3919 | // | |
3920 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
3921 | } | |
3922 | ||
3923 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
3924 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3925 | } | |
3926 | ||
3927 | ||
3928 | // ------------ Right button down | |
3929 | // | |
3930 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
3931 | { | |
3932 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3933 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3934 | { | |
3935 | // no default action at the moment | |
3936 | } | |
3937 | } | |
3938 | ||
3939 | ||
3940 | // ------------ Right double click | |
3941 | // | |
3942 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
3943 | { | |
3944 | row = YToRow(y); | |
3945 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
3946 | { | |
3947 | // no default action at the moment | |
3948 | } | |
3949 | } | |
3950 | ||
3951 | ||
3952 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
3953 | // | |
3954 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
3955 | { | |
3956 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
3957 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
3958 | { | |
3959 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3960 | { | |
3961 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
3962 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
3963 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
3964 | } | |
3965 | } | |
3966 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
3967 | { | |
3968 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
3969 | } | |
3970 | } | |
3971 | } | |
3972 | ||
3973 | ||
3974 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3975 | { | |
3976 | int x, y, col; | |
3977 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
3978 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
3979 | ||
3980 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
3981 | { | |
3982 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
3983 | ||
3984 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
3985 | { | |
3986 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
3987 | { | |
3988 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
3989 | { | |
3990 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
3991 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3992 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
3993 | ||
3994 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
3995 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3996 | ||
3997 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
3998 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
3999 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4000 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4001 | { | |
4002 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4003 | } | |
4004 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4005 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4006 | } | |
4007 | break; | |
4008 | ||
4009 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
4010 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
4011 | { | |
4012 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4013 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4014 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4015 | event.AltDown(), | |
4016 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4017 | } | |
4018 | ||
4019 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4020 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4021 | default: | |
4022 | break; | |
4023 | } | |
4024 | } | |
4025 | return; | |
4026 | } | |
4027 | ||
4028 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4029 | ||
4030 | ||
4031 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4032 | // | |
4033 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4034 | { | |
4035 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4036 | } | |
4037 | ||
4038 | ||
4039 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4040 | // | |
4041 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4042 | { | |
4043 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4044 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
4045 | // wanting to resize the col | |
4046 | // | |
4047 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4048 | { | |
4049 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4050 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
4051 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4052 | { | |
4053 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4054 | ClearSelection(); | |
4055 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4056 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
4057 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4058 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
4059 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4060 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4061 | event.AltDown(), | |
4062 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4063 | else | |
4064 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4065 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4066 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4067 | event.AltDown(), | |
4068 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4069 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4070 | } | |
4071 | } | |
4072 | else | |
4073 | { | |
4074 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
4075 | // | |
4076 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4077 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4078 | } | |
4079 | } | |
4080 | ||
4081 | ||
4082 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4083 | // | |
4084 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4085 | { | |
4086 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4087 | { | |
4088 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4089 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ); | |
4090 | } | |
4091 | } | |
4092 | ||
4093 | ||
4094 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4095 | // | |
4096 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4097 | { | |
4098 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4099 | { | |
4100 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
4101 | ||
4102 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4103 | // default processing in this case | |
4104 | // | |
4105 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
4106 | } | |
4107 | ||
4108 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4109 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4110 | } | |
4111 | ||
4112 | ||
4113 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4114 | // | |
4115 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4116 | { | |
4117 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4118 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4119 | { | |
4120 | // no default action at the moment | |
4121 | } | |
4122 | } | |
4123 | ||
4124 | ||
4125 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4126 | // | |
4127 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4128 | { | |
4129 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4130 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4131 | { | |
4132 | // no default action at the moment | |
4133 | } | |
4134 | } | |
4135 | ||
4136 | ||
4137 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4138 | // | |
4139 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4140 | { | |
4141 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
4142 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4143 | { | |
4144 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4145 | { | |
4146 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
4147 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4148 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4149 | } | |
4150 | } | |
4151 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4152 | { | |
4153 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4154 | } | |
4155 | } | |
4156 | } | |
4157 | ||
4158 | ||
4159 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4160 | { | |
4161 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4162 | { | |
4163 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
4164 | // col args == -1 | |
4165 | // | |
4166 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4167 | { | |
4168 | SelectAll(); | |
4169 | } | |
4170 | } | |
4171 | ||
4172 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4173 | { | |
4174 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
4175 | } | |
4176 | ||
4177 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4178 | { | |
4179 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4180 | { | |
4181 | // no default action at the moment | |
4182 | } | |
4183 | } | |
4184 | ||
4185 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4186 | { | |
4187 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4188 | { | |
4189 | // no default action at the moment | |
4190 | } | |
4191 | } | |
4192 | } | |
4193 | ||
4194 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
4195 | wxWindow *win, | |
4196 | bool captureMouse) | |
4197 | { | |
4198 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4199 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
4200 | { | |
4201 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
4202 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
4203 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
4204 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
4205 | _T("SELECT_COL") | |
4206 | }; | |
4207 | ||
4208 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
4209 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
4210 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
4211 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
4212 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
4213 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
4214 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
4215 | ||
4216 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode ) | |
4217 | return; | |
4218 | ||
4219 | if ( !win ) | |
4220 | { | |
4221 | // by default use the grid itself | |
4222 | win = m_gridWin; | |
4223 | } | |
4224 | ||
4225 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
4226 | { | |
4227 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4228 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4229 | } | |
4230 | ||
4231 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
4232 | ||
4233 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
4234 | { | |
4235 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4236 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
4237 | break; | |
4238 | ||
4239 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4240 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
4241 | break; | |
4242 | ||
4243 | default: | |
4244 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4245 | } | |
4246 | ||
4247 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
4248 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
4249 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
4250 | ||
4251 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
4252 | { | |
4253 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
4254 | m_winCapture = win; | |
4255 | } | |
4256 | } | |
4257 | ||
4258 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4259 | { | |
4260 | int x, y; | |
4261 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4262 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4263 | ||
4264 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
4265 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
4266 | ||
4267 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4268 | { | |
4269 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
4270 | ||
4271 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at | |
4272 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
4273 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
4274 | { | |
4275 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
4276 | { | |
4277 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
4278 | return; | |
4279 | } | |
4280 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
4281 | return; | |
4282 | } | |
4283 | ||
4284 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4285 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4286 | { | |
4287 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
4288 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
4289 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
4290 | { | |
4291 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4292 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4293 | } | |
4294 | ||
4295 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
4296 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
4297 | { | |
4298 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
4299 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
4300 | } | |
4301 | ||
4302 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4303 | { | |
4304 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4305 | { | |
4306 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
4307 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
4308 | SelectBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
4309 | } | |
4310 | else | |
4311 | { | |
4312 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
4313 | { | |
4314 | SelectBlock( coords, coords ); | |
4315 | } | |
4316 | else | |
4317 | { | |
4318 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
4319 | } | |
4320 | } | |
4321 | ||
4322 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
4323 | { | |
4324 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
4325 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
4326 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
4327 | } | |
4328 | } | |
4329 | } | |
4330 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4331 | { | |
4332 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4333 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4334 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4335 | ||
4336 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4337 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4338 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4339 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4340 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4341 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4342 | { | |
4343 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4344 | } | |
4345 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4346 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4347 | } | |
4348 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4349 | { | |
4350 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4351 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4352 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4353 | ||
4354 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4355 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4356 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4357 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4358 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4359 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4360 | { | |
4361 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4362 | } | |
4363 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4364 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4365 | } | |
4366 | ||
4367 | return; | |
4368 | } | |
4369 | ||
4370 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4371 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4372 | ||
4373 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
4374 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
4375 | // wxGTK | |
4376 | #if 0 | |
4377 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4378 | { | |
4379 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4380 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4381 | } | |
4382 | else | |
4383 | #endif // 0 | |
4384 | ||
4385 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4386 | // | |
4387 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4388 | { | |
4389 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4390 | ClearSelection(); | |
4391 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4392 | { | |
4393 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4394 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4395 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4396 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4397 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4398 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4399 | event.AltDown(), | |
4400 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4401 | } | |
4402 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
4403 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4404 | { | |
4405 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
4406 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4407 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4408 | event ) ) | |
4409 | { | |
4410 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4411 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
4412 | ||
4413 | // if this is the second click on this cell then start | |
4414 | // the edit control | |
4415 | if ( m_waitForSlowClick && | |
4416 | (coords == m_currentCellCoords) && | |
4417 | CanEnableCellControl()) | |
4418 | { | |
4419 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
4420 | ||
4421 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
4422 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, | |
4423 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4424 | coords.GetCol()); | |
4425 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
4426 | editor->DecRef(); | |
4427 | attr->DecRef(); | |
4428 | ||
4429 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
4430 | } | |
4431 | else | |
4432 | { | |
4433 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4434 | { | |
4435 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
4436 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4437 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4438 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4439 | event.AltDown(), | |
4440 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4441 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4442 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4443 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
4444 | } | |
4445 | else | |
4446 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
4447 | m_waitForSlowClick = TRUE; | |
4448 | } | |
4449 | } | |
4450 | } | |
4451 | } | |
4452 | ||
4453 | ||
4454 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4455 | // | |
4456 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4457 | { | |
4458 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4459 | ||
4460 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4461 | { | |
4462 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
4463 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4464 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4465 | event ); | |
4466 | } | |
4467 | } | |
4468 | ||
4469 | ||
4470 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4471 | // | |
4472 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4473 | { | |
4474 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4475 | { | |
4476 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
4477 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4478 | { | |
4479 | if (m_winCapture) | |
4480 | { | |
4481 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4482 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
4483 | } | |
4484 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
4485 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
4486 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
4487 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
4488 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4489 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4490 | event.AltDown(), | |
4491 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4492 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4493 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4494 | } | |
4495 | ||
4496 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
4497 | // drag-shrinking. | |
4498 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
4499 | } | |
4500 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4501 | { | |
4502 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4503 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
4504 | ||
4505 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4506 | // default processing in this case | |
4507 | // | |
4508 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
4509 | } | |
4510 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4511 | { | |
4512 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4513 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
4514 | ||
4515 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4516 | // default processing in this case | |
4517 | // | |
4518 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
4519 | } | |
4520 | ||
4521 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4522 | } | |
4523 | ||
4524 | ||
4525 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4526 | // | |
4527 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4528 | { | |
4529 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4530 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
4531 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4532 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4533 | event ) ) | |
4534 | { | |
4535 | // no default action at the moment | |
4536 | } | |
4537 | } | |
4538 | ||
4539 | ||
4540 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4541 | // | |
4542 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4543 | { | |
4544 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4545 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
4546 | coords.GetRow(), | |
4547 | coords.GetCol(), | |
4548 | event ) ) | |
4549 | { | |
4550 | // no default action at the moment | |
4551 | } | |
4552 | } | |
4553 | ||
4554 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
4555 | // | |
4556 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
4557 | { | |
4558 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
4559 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
4560 | ||
4561 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
4562 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
4563 | // | |
4564 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
4565 | { | |
4566 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4567 | return; | |
4568 | } | |
4569 | ||
4570 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
4571 | { | |
4572 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
4573 | ||
4574 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4575 | { | |
4576 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
4577 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
4578 | } | |
4579 | ||
4580 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
4581 | { | |
4582 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
4583 | } | |
4584 | ||
4585 | return; | |
4586 | } | |
4587 | ||
4588 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
4589 | { | |
4590 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
4591 | ||
4592 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4593 | { | |
4594 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
4595 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
4596 | } | |
4597 | ||
4598 | return; | |
4599 | } | |
4600 | ||
4601 | // Neither on a row or col edge | |
4602 | // | |
4603 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4604 | { | |
4605 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
4606 | } | |
4607 | } | |
4608 | } | |
4609 | ||
4610 | ||
4611 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
4612 | { | |
4613 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4614 | { | |
4615 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
4616 | // | |
4617 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4618 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4619 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4620 | ||
4621 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4622 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4623 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
4624 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4625 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4626 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4627 | ||
4628 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
4629 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
4630 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ) ); | |
4631 | ||
4632 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4633 | { | |
4634 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
4635 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
4636 | rect.x = 0; | |
4637 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
4638 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
4639 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
4640 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
4641 | rect.width = cw; | |
4642 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
4643 | } | |
4644 | ||
4645 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
4646 | } | |
4647 | } | |
4648 | ||
4649 | ||
4650 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
4651 | { | |
4652 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4653 | { | |
4654 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
4655 | // | |
4656 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4657 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4658 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4659 | ||
4660 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4661 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4662 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
4663 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4664 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4665 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4666 | ||
4667 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
4668 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
4669 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
4670 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
4671 | ||
4672 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4673 | { | |
4674 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
4675 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
4676 | rect.y = 0; | |
4677 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
4678 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
4679 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
4680 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
4681 | rect.height = ch; | |
4682 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
4683 | } | |
4684 | ||
4685 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
4686 | } | |
4687 | } | |
4688 | ||
4689 | ||
4690 | ||
4691 | // | |
4692 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
4693 | // | |
4694 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
4695 | { | |
4696 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
4697 | { | |
4698 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
4699 | return GetModelValues(); | |
4700 | ||
4701 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
4702 | return SetModelValues(); | |
4703 | ||
4704 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
4705 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
4706 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4707 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4708 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4709 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4710 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
4711 | ||
4712 | default: | |
4713 | return FALSE; | |
4714 | } | |
4715 | } | |
4716 | ||
4717 | ||
4718 | ||
4719 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
4720 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
4721 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
4722 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
4723 | // | |
4724 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
4725 | { | |
4726 | if ( m_table ) | |
4727 | { | |
4728 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4729 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4730 | ||
4731 | m_table->Clear(); | |
4732 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4733 | } | |
4734 | } | |
4735 | ||
4736 | ||
4737 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
4740 | ||
4741 | if ( !m_created ) | |
4742 | { | |
4743 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4744 | return FALSE; | |
4745 | } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | if ( m_table ) | |
4748 | { | |
4749 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4750 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4751 | ||
4752 | bool ok = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4753 | ||
4754 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
4755 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4756 | // | |
4757 | if ( ok ) | |
4758 | { | |
4759 | if ( m_numCols == 0 ) | |
4760 | { | |
4761 | m_table->AppendCols( WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_COLS ); | |
4762 | // | |
4763 | // TODO: perhaps instead of appending the default number of cols | |
4764 | // we should remember what the last non-zero number of cols was ? | |
4765 | // | |
4766 | } | |
4767 | ||
4768 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4769 | { | |
4770 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4771 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4772 | // | |
4773 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4774 | } | |
4775 | ||
4776 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
4777 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) Refresh(); | |
4778 | } | |
4779 | ||
4780 | return ok; | |
4781 | } | |
4782 | else | |
4783 | { | |
4784 | return FALSE; | |
4785 | } | |
4786 | } | |
4787 | ||
4788 | ||
4789 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4790 | { | |
4791 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
4792 | ||
4793 | if ( !m_created ) | |
4794 | { | |
4795 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4796 | return FALSE; | |
4797 | } | |
4798 | ||
4799 | if ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) ) | |
4800 | { | |
4801 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4804 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4805 | // | |
4806 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4807 | } | |
4808 | ||
4809 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
4810 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4811 | // | |
4812 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) Refresh(); | |
4813 | return TRUE; | |
4814 | } | |
4815 | else | |
4816 | { | |
4817 | return FALSE; | |
4818 | } | |
4819 | } | |
4820 | ||
4821 | ||
4822 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4823 | { | |
4824 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
4825 | ||
4826 | if ( !m_created ) | |
4827 | { | |
4828 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4829 | return FALSE; | |
4830 | } | |
4831 | ||
4832 | if ( m_table ) | |
4833 | { | |
4834 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4835 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4836 | ||
4837 | if (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows )) | |
4838 | { | |
4839 | ||
4840 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
4841 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4842 | // | |
4843 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4844 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) Refresh(); | |
4845 | return TRUE; | |
4846 | } | |
4847 | } | |
4848 | return FALSE; | |
4849 | } | |
4850 | ||
4851 | ||
4852 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4853 | { | |
4854 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
4855 | ||
4856 | if ( !m_created ) | |
4857 | { | |
4858 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4859 | return FALSE; | |
4860 | } | |
4861 | ||
4862 | if ( m_table ) | |
4863 | { | |
4864 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4865 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4866 | ||
4867 | bool ok = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4868 | ||
4869 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
4870 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4871 | // | |
4872 | if ( ok ) | |
4873 | { | |
4874 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4875 | { | |
4876 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4877 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4878 | // | |
4879 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4880 | } | |
4881 | ||
4882 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4883 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) Refresh(); | |
4884 | } | |
4885 | ||
4886 | return ok; | |
4887 | } | |
4888 | else | |
4889 | { | |
4890 | return FALSE; | |
4891 | } | |
4892 | } | |
4893 | ||
4894 | ||
4895 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4896 | { | |
4897 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
4898 | ||
4899 | if ( !m_created ) | |
4900 | { | |
4901 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4902 | return FALSE; | |
4903 | } | |
4904 | ||
4905 | if ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) ) | |
4906 | { | |
4907 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
4908 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4909 | // | |
4910 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4911 | { | |
4912 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4913 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4914 | // | |
4915 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4916 | } | |
4917 | ||
4918 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) Refresh(); | |
4919 | return TRUE; | |
4920 | } | |
4921 | else | |
4922 | { | |
4923 | return FALSE; | |
4924 | } | |
4925 | } | |
4926 | ||
4927 | ||
4928 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
4929 | { | |
4930 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
4931 | ||
4932 | if ( !m_created ) | |
4933 | { | |
4934 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
4935 | return FALSE; | |
4936 | } | |
4937 | ||
4938 | if ( m_table ) | |
4939 | { | |
4940 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
4941 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
4942 | ||
4943 | if ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) ) | |
4944 | { | |
4945 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
4946 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
4947 | // | |
4948 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4949 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) Refresh(); | |
4950 | return TRUE; | |
4951 | } | |
4952 | } | |
4953 | return FALSE; | |
4954 | } | |
4955 | ||
4956 | ||
4957 | ||
4958 | // | |
4959 | // ----- event handlers | |
4960 | // | |
4961 | ||
4962 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
4963 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
4964 | // | |
4965 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
4966 | int row, int col, | |
4967 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
4968 | { | |
4969 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
4970 | { | |
4971 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
4972 | ||
4973 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4974 | type, | |
4975 | this, | |
4976 | rowOrCol, | |
4977 | mouseEv.GetX(), mouseEv.GetY(), | |
4978 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
4979 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
4980 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
4981 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
4982 | ||
4983 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
4984 | } | |
4985 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
4986 | { | |
4987 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
4988 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
4989 | type, | |
4990 | this, | |
4991 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
4992 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
4993 | TRUE, | |
4994 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
4995 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
4996 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
4997 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
4998 | ||
4999 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5000 | } | |
5001 | else | |
5002 | { | |
5003 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5004 | type, | |
5005 | this, | |
5006 | row, col, | |
5007 | mouseEv.GetX(), mouseEv.GetY(), | |
5008 | FALSE, | |
5009 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5010 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5011 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5012 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5013 | ||
5014 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5015 | } | |
5016 | } | |
5017 | ||
5018 | ||
5019 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
5020 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
5021 | // | |
5022 | bool wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5023 | int row, int col ) | |
5024 | { | |
5025 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5026 | { | |
5027 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5028 | ||
5029 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5030 | type, | |
5031 | this, | |
5032 | rowOrCol ); | |
5033 | ||
5034 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5035 | } | |
5036 | else | |
5037 | { | |
5038 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5039 | type, | |
5040 | this, | |
5041 | row, col ); | |
5042 | ||
5043 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5044 | } | |
5045 | } | |
5046 | ||
5047 | ||
5048 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5049 | { | |
5050 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
5051 | } | |
5052 | ||
5053 | ||
5054 | // This is just here to make sure that CalcDimensions gets called when | |
5055 | // the grid view is resized... then the size event is skipped to allow | |
5056 | // the box sizers to handle everything | |
5057 | // | |
5058 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5059 | { | |
5060 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5061 | CalcDimensions(); | |
5062 | } | |
5063 | ||
5064 | ||
5065 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5066 | { | |
5067 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
5068 | { | |
5069 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
5070 | // | |
5071 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
5072 | } | |
5073 | ||
5074 | m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE; | |
5075 | ||
5076 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
5077 | // | |
5078 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
5079 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
5080 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
5081 | ||
5082 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
5083 | { | |
5084 | ||
5085 | // try local handlers | |
5086 | // | |
5087 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && | |
5088 | m_selectingKeyboard != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5089 | { | |
5090 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5091 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5092 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5093 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5094 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5095 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5096 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5097 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5098 | event.AltDown(), | |
5099 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5100 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5101 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5102 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5103 | } | |
5104 | ||
5105 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
5106 | { | |
5107 | case WXK_UP: | |
5108 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5109 | { | |
5110 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5111 | } | |
5112 | else | |
5113 | { | |
5114 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5115 | } | |
5116 | break; | |
5117 | ||
5118 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
5119 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5120 | { | |
5121 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5122 | } | |
5123 | else | |
5124 | { | |
5125 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5126 | } | |
5127 | break; | |
5128 | ||
5129 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
5130 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5131 | { | |
5132 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5133 | } | |
5134 | else | |
5135 | { | |
5136 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5137 | } | |
5138 | break; | |
5139 | ||
5140 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
5141 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5142 | { | |
5143 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5144 | } | |
5145 | else | |
5146 | { | |
5147 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5148 | } | |
5149 | break; | |
5150 | ||
5151 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
5152 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5153 | { | |
5154 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
5155 | } | |
5156 | else | |
5157 | { | |
5158 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5159 | } | |
5160 | break; | |
5161 | ||
5162 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
5163 | ClearSelection(); | |
5164 | break; | |
5165 | ||
5166 | case WXK_TAB: | |
5167 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
5168 | MoveCursorLeft( FALSE ); | |
5169 | else | |
5170 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5171 | break; | |
5172 | ||
5173 | case WXK_HOME: | |
5174 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5175 | { | |
5176 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
5177 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5178 | } | |
5179 | else | |
5180 | { | |
5181 | event.Skip(); | |
5182 | } | |
5183 | break; | |
5184 | ||
5185 | case WXK_END: | |
5186 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5187 | { | |
5188 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5189 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5190 | } | |
5191 | else | |
5192 | { | |
5193 | event.Skip(); | |
5194 | } | |
5195 | break; | |
5196 | ||
5197 | case WXK_PRIOR: | |
5198 | MovePageUp(); | |
5199 | break; | |
5200 | ||
5201 | case WXK_NEXT: | |
5202 | MovePageDown(); | |
5203 | break; | |
5204 | ||
5205 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
5206 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5207 | { | |
5208 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5209 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5210 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5211 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5212 | event.AltDown(), | |
5213 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5214 | break; | |
5215 | } | |
5216 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
5217 | { | |
5218 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5219 | break; | |
5220 | } | |
5221 | // Otherwise fall through to default | |
5222 | ||
5223 | default: | |
5224 | // alphanumeric keys or F2 (special key just for this) enable | |
5225 | // the cell edit control | |
5226 | // On just Shift/Control I get values for event.KeyCode() | |
5227 | // that are outside the range where isalnum's behaviour is | |
5228 | // well defined, so do an additional sanity check. | |
5229 | if ( !(event.AltDown() || | |
5230 | event.MetaDown() || | |
5231 | event.ControlDown()) && | |
5232 | ((isalnum((int)event.KeyCode()) && | |
5233 | (event.KeyCode() < 256 && event.KeyCode() >= 0)) || | |
5234 | event.KeyCode() == WXK_F2) && | |
5235 | !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && | |
5236 | CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
5237 | { | |
5238 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5239 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5240 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5241 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5242 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5243 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
5244 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5245 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5246 | } | |
5247 | else | |
5248 | { | |
5249 | // let others process char events with modifiers or all | |
5250 | // char events for readonly cells | |
5251 | event.Skip(); | |
5252 | } | |
5253 | break; | |
5254 | } | |
5255 | } | |
5256 | ||
5257 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
5258 | } | |
5259 | ||
5260 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
5261 | { | |
5262 | } | |
5263 | ||
5264 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5265 | { | |
5266 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5267 | { | |
5268 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5269 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5270 | ||
5271 | // Clear the old current cell highlight | |
5272 | wxRect r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords); | |
5273 | ||
5274 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
5275 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5276 | ||
5277 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &r ); | |
5278 | } | |
5279 | ||
5280 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5281 | ||
5282 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
5283 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
5284 | ||
5285 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
5286 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5287 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5288 | ||
5289 | #if 0 | |
5290 | // SN: For my extended selection code, automatic | |
5291 | // deselection is definitely not a good idea. | |
5292 | if ( IsSelection() ) | |
5293 | { | |
5294 | wxRect r( SelectionToDeviceRect() ); | |
5295 | ClearSelection(); | |
5296 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &r ); | |
5297 | } | |
5298 | #endif | |
5299 | } | |
5300 | ||
5301 | ||
5302 | // | |
5303 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
5304 | // | |
5305 | ||
5306 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
5307 | { | |
5308 | if ( m_table ) | |
5309 | { | |
5310 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
5311 | // | |
5312 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5313 | return TRUE; | |
5314 | } | |
5315 | ||
5316 | return FALSE; | |
5317 | } | |
5318 | ||
5319 | ||
5320 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
5321 | { | |
5322 | int row, col; | |
5323 | ||
5324 | if ( m_table ) | |
5325 | { | |
5326 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
5327 | { | |
5328 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
5329 | { | |
5330 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
5331 | } | |
5332 | } | |
5333 | ||
5334 | return TRUE; | |
5335 | } | |
5336 | ||
5337 | return FALSE; | |
5338 | } | |
5339 | ||
5340 | ||
5341 | ||
5342 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
5343 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
5344 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
5345 | // | |
5346 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc ) | |
5347 | { | |
5348 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
5349 | ||
5350 | size_t i; | |
5351 | size_t numCells = m_cellsExposed.GetCount(); | |
5352 | ||
5353 | for ( i = 0; i < numCells; i++ ) | |
5354 | { | |
5355 | DrawCell( dc, m_cellsExposed[i] ); | |
5356 | } | |
5357 | } | |
5358 | ||
5359 | ||
5360 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
5361 | { | |
5362 | if ( m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
5363 | { | |
5364 | int cw, ch; | |
5365 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5366 | ||
5367 | int right, bottom; | |
5368 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5369 | ||
5370 | if ( right > GetColRight(m_numCols-1) || | |
5371 | bottom > GetRowBottom(m_numRows-1) ) | |
5372 | { | |
5373 | int left, top; | |
5374 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5375 | ||
5376 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
5377 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
5378 | ||
5379 | if ( right > GetColRight(m_numCols-1) ) | |
5380 | dc.DrawRectangle( GetColRight(m_numCols-1), top, | |
5381 | right - GetColRight(m_numCols-1), ch ); | |
5382 | ||
5383 | if ( bottom > GetRowBottom(m_numRows-1) ) | |
5384 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, GetRowBottom(m_numRows-1), | |
5385 | cw, bottom - GetRowBottom(m_numRows-1) ); | |
5386 | } | |
5387 | } | |
5388 | } | |
5389 | ||
5390 | ||
5391 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5392 | { | |
5393 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
5394 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
5395 | ||
5396 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5397 | return; | |
5398 | ||
5399 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
5400 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
5401 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
5402 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
5403 | #endif | |
5404 | ||
5405 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5406 | ||
5407 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
5408 | ||
5409 | wxRect rect; | |
5410 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
5411 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
5412 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col) - 1; | |
5413 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row) - 1; | |
5414 | ||
5415 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
5416 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5417 | { | |
5418 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5419 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
5420 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5421 | } | |
5422 | else | |
5423 | { | |
5424 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be | |
5425 | // customized | |
5426 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
5427 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
5428 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
5429 | } | |
5430 | ||
5431 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5432 | } | |
5433 | ||
5434 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
5435 | { | |
5436 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5437 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5438 | ||
5439 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5440 | return; | |
5441 | ||
5442 | wxRect rect; | |
5443 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
5444 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
5445 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col) - 1; | |
5446 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row) - 1; | |
5447 | ||
5448 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
5449 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
5450 | // it doesn't look really good | |
5451 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_gridLineColour, attr->IsReadOnly() ? 1 : 3, wxSOLID)); | |
5452 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
5453 | ||
5454 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5455 | ||
5456 | #if 0 | |
5457 | // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders... | |
5458 | ||
5459 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
5460 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
5461 | y1 = rect.y, | |
5462 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1, | |
5463 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1; | |
5464 | ||
5465 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
5466 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
5467 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
5468 | ||
5469 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
5470 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 ); | |
5471 | ||
5472 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
5473 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
5474 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1); | |
5475 | #endif // 0 | |
5476 | } | |
5477 | ||
5478 | ||
5479 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5480 | { | |
5481 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
5482 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
5483 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5484 | return; | |
5485 | ||
5486 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
5487 | ||
5488 | // right hand border | |
5489 | // | |
5490 | dc.DrawLine( GetColRight(col), GetRowTop(row), | |
5491 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
5492 | ||
5493 | // bottom border | |
5494 | // | |
5495 | dc.DrawLine( GetColLeft(col), GetRowBottom(row), | |
5496 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
5497 | } | |
5498 | ||
5499 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc) | |
5500 | { | |
5501 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
5502 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
5503 | // | |
5504 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5505 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
5506 | { | |
5507 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
5508 | } | |
5509 | ||
5510 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5511 | { | |
5512 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
5513 | return; | |
5514 | } | |
5515 | ||
5516 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
5517 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
5518 | size_t count = m_cellsExposed.GetCount(); | |
5519 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
5520 | { | |
5521 | if ( m_cellsExposed[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
5522 | { | |
5523 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5524 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5525 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5526 | ||
5527 | break; | |
5528 | } | |
5529 | } | |
5530 | } | |
5531 | ||
5532 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
5533 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
5534 | // has been changed | |
5535 | // | |
5536 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED_GTK(reg) ) | |
5537 | { | |
5538 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || | |
5539 | !m_numRows || | |
5540 | !m_numCols ) return; | |
5541 | ||
5542 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
5543 | ||
5544 | #ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
5545 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
5546 | { | |
5547 | int cw, ch; | |
5548 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
5549 | ||
5550 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
5551 | // | |
5552 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5553 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5554 | } | |
5555 | else | |
5556 | { | |
5557 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
5558 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
5559 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
5560 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
5561 | } | |
5562 | #else | |
5563 | int cw, ch; | |
5564 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
5565 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
5566 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
5567 | #endif | |
5568 | ||
5569 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
5570 | // | |
5571 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); | |
5572 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
5573 | ||
5574 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
5575 | ||
5576 | // horizontal grid lines | |
5577 | // | |
5578 | int i; | |
5579 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
5580 | { | |
5581 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
5582 | ||
5583 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
5584 | { | |
5585 | break; | |
5586 | } | |
5587 | ||
5588 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
5589 | { | |
5590 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
5591 | } | |
5592 | } | |
5593 | ||
5594 | ||
5595 | // vertical grid lines | |
5596 | // | |
5597 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
5598 | { | |
5599 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
5600 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
5601 | { | |
5602 | break; | |
5603 | } | |
5604 | ||
5605 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
5606 | { | |
5607 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
5608 | } | |
5609 | } | |
5610 | } | |
5611 | ||
5612 | ||
5613 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ) | |
5614 | { | |
5615 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
5616 | ||
5617 | size_t i; | |
5618 | size_t numLabels = m_rowLabelsExposed.GetCount(); | |
5619 | ||
5620 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
5621 | { | |
5622 | DrawRowLabel( dc, m_rowLabelsExposed[i] ); | |
5623 | } | |
5624 | } | |
5625 | ||
5626 | ||
5627 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
5628 | { | |
5629 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
5630 | return; | |
5631 | ||
5632 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
5633 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
5634 | ||
5635 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
5636 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop, | |
5637 | m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
5638 | ||
5639 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
5640 | ||
5641 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
5642 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
5643 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop ); | |
5644 | ||
5645 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
5646 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
5647 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
5648 | ||
5649 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
5650 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
5651 | ||
5652 | wxRect rect; | |
5653 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
5654 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
5655 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
5656 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
5657 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
5658 | } | |
5659 | ||
5660 | ||
5661 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc ) | |
5662 | { | |
5663 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
5664 | ||
5665 | size_t i; | |
5666 | size_t numLabels = m_colLabelsExposed.GetCount(); | |
5667 | ||
5668 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
5669 | { | |
5670 | DrawColLabel( dc, m_colLabelsExposed[i] ); | |
5671 | } | |
5672 | } | |
5673 | ||
5674 | ||
5675 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
5676 | { | |
5677 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 ) | |
5678 | return; | |
5679 | ||
5680 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col), | |
5681 | colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
5682 | ||
5683 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
5684 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
5685 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5686 | ||
5687 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1, | |
5688 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5689 | ||
5690 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
5691 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
5692 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
5693 | ||
5694 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
5695 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
5696 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
5697 | ||
5698 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
5699 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
5700 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
5701 | ||
5702 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
5703 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
5704 | ||
5705 | wxRect rect; | |
5706 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
5707 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
5708 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
5709 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
5710 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
5711 | } | |
5712 | ||
5713 | ||
5714 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
5715 | const wxString& value, | |
5716 | const wxRect& rect, | |
5717 | int horizAlign, | |
5718 | int vertAlign ) | |
5719 | { | |
5720 | long textWidth, textHeight; | |
5721 | long lineWidth, lineHeight; | |
5722 | wxArrayString lines; | |
5723 | ||
5724 | dc.SetClippingRegion( rect ); | |
5725 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
5726 | if ( lines.GetCount() ) | |
5727 | { | |
5728 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
5729 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[0], &lineWidth, &lineHeight ); | |
5730 | ||
5731 | float x, y; | |
5732 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
5733 | { | |
5734 | case wxRIGHT: | |
5735 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - textWidth - 1); | |
5736 | break; | |
5737 | ||
5738 | case wxCENTRE: | |
5739 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2); | |
5740 | break; | |
5741 | ||
5742 | case wxLEFT: | |
5743 | default: | |
5744 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
5745 | break; | |
5746 | } | |
5747 | ||
5748 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
5749 | { | |
5750 | case wxBOTTOM: | |
5751 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
5752 | break; | |
5753 | ||
5754 | case wxCENTRE: | |
5755 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2); | |
5756 | break; | |
5757 | ||
5758 | case wxTOP: | |
5759 | default: | |
5760 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
5761 | break; | |
5762 | } | |
5763 | ||
5764 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
5765 | { | |
5766 | dc.DrawText( lines[i], (int)x, (int)y ); | |
5767 | y += lineHeight; | |
5768 | } | |
5769 | } | |
5770 | ||
5771 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
5772 | } | |
5773 | ||
5774 | ||
5775 | // Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing | |
5776 | // contents of the string array are preserved. | |
5777 | // | |
5778 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
5779 | { | |
5780 | int startPos = 0; | |
5781 | int pos; | |
5782 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
5783 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
5784 | ||
5785 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() ) | |
5786 | { | |
5787 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
5788 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
5789 | { | |
5790 | break; | |
5791 | } | |
5792 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
5793 | { | |
5794 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
5795 | } | |
5796 | else | |
5797 | { | |
5798 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
5799 | } | |
5800 | startPos += pos+1; | |
5801 | } | |
5802 | if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() ) | |
5803 | { | |
5804 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
5805 | } | |
5806 | } | |
5807 | ||
5808 | ||
5809 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc, | |
5810 | wxArrayString& lines, | |
5811 | long *width, long *height ) | |
5812 | { | |
5813 | long w = 0; | |
5814 | long h = 0; | |
5815 | long lineW, lineH; | |
5816 | ||
5817 | size_t i; | |
5818 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
5819 | { | |
5820 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
5821 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
5822 | h += lineH; | |
5823 | } | |
5824 | ||
5825 | *width = w; | |
5826 | *height = h; | |
5827 | } | |
5828 | ||
5829 | ||
5830 | // | |
5831 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
5832 | // | |
5833 | ||
5834 | ||
5835 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
5836 | { | |
5837 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
5838 | // | |
5839 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
5840 | { | |
5841 | m_editable = edit; | |
5842 | ||
5843 | // FIXME IMHO this won't disable the edit control if edit == FALSE | |
5844 | // because of the check in the beginning of | |
5845 | // EnableCellEditControl() just below (VZ) | |
5846 | EnableCellEditControl(m_editable); | |
5847 | } | |
5848 | } | |
5849 | ||
5850 | ||
5851 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
5852 | { | |
5853 | if (! m_editable) | |
5854 | return; | |
5855 | ||
5856 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5857 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5858 | ||
5859 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
5860 | { | |
5861 | // TODO allow the app to Veto() this event? | |
5862 | SendEvent(enable ? wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN : wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
5863 | ||
5864 | if ( enable ) | |
5865 | { | |
5866 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
5867 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), | |
5868 | _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
5869 | ||
5870 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
5871 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
5872 | ||
5873 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5874 | } | |
5875 | else | |
5876 | { | |
5877 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5878 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5879 | ||
5880 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
5881 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
5882 | } | |
5883 | } | |
5884 | } | |
5885 | ||
5886 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
5887 | { | |
5888 | // const_cast | |
5889 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5890 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
5891 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5892 | ||
5893 | return readonly; | |
5894 | } | |
5895 | ||
5896 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
5897 | { | |
5898 | return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
5899 | } | |
5900 | ||
5901 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
5902 | { | |
5903 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
5904 | // current one if it's read only | |
5905 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE; | |
5906 | } | |
5907 | ||
5908 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
5909 | { | |
5910 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) ) | |
5913 | { | |
5914 | return; | |
5915 | } | |
5916 | else | |
5917 | { | |
5918 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
5919 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5920 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5921 | ||
5922 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
5923 | // | |
5924 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
5925 | ||
5926 | // done in PaintBackground() | |
5927 | #if 0 | |
5928 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
5929 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
5930 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5931 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5932 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
5933 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
5934 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
5935 | #endif // 0 | |
5936 | ||
5937 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
5938 | rect.x--; | |
5939 | rect.y--; | |
5940 | ||
5941 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5942 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5943 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
5944 | { | |
5945 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1, | |
5946 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
5947 | } | |
5948 | ||
5949 | editor->Show( TRUE, attr ); | |
5950 | ||
5951 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
5952 | ||
5953 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
5954 | ||
5955 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5956 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5957 | } | |
5958 | } | |
5959 | } | |
5960 | ||
5961 | ||
5962 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
5963 | { | |
5964 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5965 | { | |
5966 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5967 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5968 | ||
5969 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5970 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5971 | editor->Show( FALSE ); | |
5972 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5973 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5974 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
5975 | } | |
5976 | } | |
5977 | ||
5978 | ||
5979 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
5980 | { | |
5981 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
5982 | { | |
5983 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5984 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5985 | ||
5986 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5987 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5988 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
5989 | ||
5990 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5991 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5992 | ||
5993 | if (changed) | |
5994 | { | |
5995 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
5996 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5997 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
5998 | } | |
5999 | } | |
6000 | } | |
6001 | ||
6002 | ||
6003 | // | |
6004 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
6005 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
6006 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
6007 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
6008 | // | |
6009 | ||
6010 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6011 | { | |
6012 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
6013 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
6014 | ||
6015 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
6016 | { | |
6017 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6018 | } | |
6019 | else | |
6020 | { | |
6021 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
6022 | } | |
6023 | } | |
6024 | ||
6025 | ||
6026 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
6027 | { | |
6028 | int i; | |
6029 | ||
6030 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6031 | { | |
6032 | if ( y < GetRowBottom(i) ) | |
6033 | return i; | |
6034 | } | |
6035 | ||
6036 | return -1; | |
6037 | } | |
6038 | ||
6039 | ||
6040 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) | |
6041 | { | |
6042 | int i; | |
6043 | ||
6044 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6045 | { | |
6046 | if ( x < GetColRight(i) ) | |
6047 | return i; | |
6048 | } | |
6049 | ||
6050 | return -1; | |
6051 | } | |
6052 | ||
6053 | ||
6054 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
6055 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6056 | // | |
6057 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
6058 | { | |
6059 | int i, d; | |
6060 | ||
6061 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6062 | { | |
6063 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6064 | { | |
6065 | d = abs( y - GetRowBottom(i) ); | |
6066 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6067 | return i; | |
6068 | } | |
6069 | } | |
6070 | ||
6071 | return -1; | |
6072 | } | |
6073 | ||
6074 | ||
6075 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
6076 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6077 | // | |
6078 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
6079 | { | |
6080 | int i, d; | |
6081 | ||
6082 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6083 | { | |
6084 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6085 | { | |
6086 | d = abs( x - GetColRight(i) ); | |
6087 | if ( d < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6088 | return i; | |
6089 | } | |
6090 | } | |
6091 | ||
6092 | return -1; | |
6093 | } | |
6094 | ||
6095 | ||
6096 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
6097 | { | |
6098 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
6099 | ||
6100 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6101 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6102 | { | |
6103 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
6104 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6105 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col); | |
6106 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row); | |
6107 | } | |
6108 | ||
6109 | return rect; | |
6110 | } | |
6111 | ||
6112 | ||
6113 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
6114 | { | |
6115 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6116 | // | |
6117 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6118 | ||
6119 | // convert to device coords | |
6120 | // | |
6121 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6122 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6123 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6124 | ||
6125 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
6126 | // | |
6127 | int cw, ch; | |
6128 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6129 | ||
6130 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
6131 | { | |
6132 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
6133 | // | |
6134 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
6135 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
6136 | } | |
6137 | else | |
6138 | { | |
6139 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
6140 | // | |
6141 | return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
6142 | ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
6143 | } | |
6144 | } | |
6145 | ||
6146 | ||
6147 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
6148 | // of scrolling | |
6149 | // | |
6150 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
6151 | { | |
6152 | int i; | |
6153 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
6154 | ||
6155 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6156 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6157 | { | |
6158 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
6159 | // | |
6160 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6161 | ||
6162 | // convert to device coords | |
6163 | // | |
6164 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
6165 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
6166 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
6167 | ||
6168 | int cw, ch; | |
6169 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6170 | ||
6171 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
6172 | { | |
6173 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6174 | } | |
6175 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
6176 | { | |
6177 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
6178 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
6179 | for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6180 | { | |
6181 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
6182 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
6183 | break; | |
6184 | ||
6185 | h += rowHeight; | |
6186 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
6187 | } | |
6188 | ||
6189 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
6190 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we | |
6191 | // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
6192 | ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2; | |
6193 | } | |
6194 | ||
6195 | if ( left < 0 ) | |
6196 | { | |
6197 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6198 | } | |
6199 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
6200 | { | |
6201 | int w = r.GetWidth(); | |
6202 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
6203 | for ( i = col-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
6204 | { | |
6205 | int colWidth = GetColWidth(i); | |
6206 | if ( w + colWidth > cw ) | |
6207 | break; | |
6208 | ||
6209 | w += colWidth; | |
6210 | xpos -= colWidth; | |
6211 | } | |
6212 | ||
6213 | // see comment for ypos above | |
6214 | xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2; | |
6215 | } | |
6216 | ||
6217 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
6218 | { | |
6219 | if ( xpos != -1 ) xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6220 | if ( ypos != -1 ) ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE; | |
6221 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
6222 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
6223 | } | |
6224 | } | |
6225 | } | |
6226 | ||
6227 | ||
6228 | // | |
6229 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
6230 | // | |
6231 | ||
6232 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
6233 | { | |
6234 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6235 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
6236 | { | |
6237 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6238 | { | |
6239 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6240 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6241 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
6242 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
6243 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
6244 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6245 | } | |
6246 | else | |
6247 | { | |
6248 | ClearSelection(); | |
6249 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
6250 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6251 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
6252 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6253 | } | |
6254 | return TRUE; | |
6255 | } | |
6256 | ||
6257 | return FALSE; | |
6258 | } | |
6259 | ||
6260 | ||
6261 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
6262 | { | |
6263 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6264 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
6265 | { | |
6266 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6267 | { | |
6268 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6269 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6270 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
6271 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
6272 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
6273 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6274 | } | |
6275 | else | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | ClearSelection(); | |
6278 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
6279 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6280 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
6281 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6282 | } | |
6283 | return TRUE; | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | ||
6286 | return FALSE; | |
6287 | } | |
6288 | ||
6289 | ||
6290 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
6291 | { | |
6292 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6293 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
6294 | { | |
6295 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6296 | { | |
6297 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6298 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6299 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
6300 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
6301 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
6302 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6303 | } | |
6304 | else | |
6305 | { | |
6306 | ClearSelection(); | |
6307 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6308 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
6309 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6310 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
6311 | } | |
6312 | return TRUE; | |
6313 | } | |
6314 | ||
6315 | return FALSE; | |
6316 | } | |
6317 | ||
6318 | ||
6319 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
6320 | { | |
6321 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6322 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
6323 | { | |
6324 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6325 | { | |
6326 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6327 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
6328 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
6329 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
6330 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
6331 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6332 | } | |
6333 | else | |
6334 | { | |
6335 | ClearSelection(); | |
6336 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6337 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
6338 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6339 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
6340 | } | |
6341 | return TRUE; | |
6342 | } | |
6343 | ||
6344 | return FALSE; | |
6345 | } | |
6346 | ||
6347 | ||
6348 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
6349 | { | |
6350 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
6351 | ||
6352 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6353 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
6354 | { | |
6355 | int cw, ch; | |
6356 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6357 | ||
6358 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6359 | int newRow = YToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
6360 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
6361 | { | |
6362 | newRow = 0; | |
6363 | } | |
6364 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
6365 | { | |
6366 | newRow = row - 1; | |
6367 | } | |
6368 | ||
6369 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6370 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6371 | ||
6372 | return TRUE; | |
6373 | } | |
6374 | ||
6375 | return FALSE; | |
6376 | } | |
6377 | ||
6378 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
6379 | { | |
6380 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
6381 | ||
6382 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6383 | if ( row < m_numRows ) | |
6384 | { | |
6385 | int cw, ch; | |
6386 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6387 | ||
6388 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6389 | int newRow = YToRow( y + ch ); | |
6390 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
6391 | { | |
6392 | newRow = m_numRows - 1; | |
6393 | } | |
6394 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
6395 | { | |
6396 | newRow = row + 1; | |
6397 | } | |
6398 | ||
6399 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6400 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
6401 | ||
6402 | return TRUE; | |
6403 | } | |
6404 | ||
6405 | return FALSE; | |
6406 | } | |
6407 | ||
6408 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6409 | { | |
6410 | if ( m_table && | |
6411 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6412 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
6413 | { | |
6414 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6415 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6416 | ||
6417 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6418 | { | |
6419 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
6420 | // non-empty cells | |
6421 | // | |
6422 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
6423 | { | |
6424 | row-- ; | |
6425 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6426 | } | |
6427 | } | |
6428 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) ) | |
6429 | { | |
6430 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
6431 | // | |
6432 | row--; | |
6433 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
6434 | { | |
6435 | row-- ; | |
6436 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6437 | } | |
6438 | } | |
6439 | else | |
6440 | { | |
6441 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
6442 | // | |
6443 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
6444 | { | |
6445 | row-- ; | |
6446 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6447 | { | |
6448 | row++ ; | |
6449 | break; | |
6450 | } | |
6451 | } | |
6452 | } | |
6453 | ||
6454 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
6455 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6456 | { | |
6457 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
6458 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6459 | } | |
6460 | else | |
6461 | { | |
6462 | ClearSelection(); | |
6463 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
6464 | } | |
6465 | return TRUE; | |
6466 | } | |
6467 | ||
6468 | return FALSE; | |
6469 | } | |
6470 | ||
6471 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6472 | { | |
6473 | if ( m_table && | |
6474 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6475 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
6476 | { | |
6477 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6478 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6479 | ||
6480 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6481 | { | |
6482 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
6483 | // non-empty cells | |
6484 | // | |
6485 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
6486 | { | |
6487 | row++ ; | |
6488 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6489 | } | |
6490 | } | |
6491 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) ) | |
6492 | { | |
6493 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
6494 | // | |
6495 | row++; | |
6496 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
6497 | { | |
6498 | row++ ; | |
6499 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6500 | } | |
6501 | } | |
6502 | else | |
6503 | { | |
6504 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
6505 | // | |
6506 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
6507 | { | |
6508 | row++ ; | |
6509 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6510 | { | |
6511 | row-- ; | |
6512 | break; | |
6513 | } | |
6514 | } | |
6515 | } | |
6516 | ||
6517 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
6518 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6519 | { | |
6520 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
6521 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6522 | } | |
6523 | else | |
6524 | { | |
6525 | ClearSelection(); | |
6526 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
6527 | } | |
6528 | ||
6529 | return TRUE; | |
6530 | } | |
6531 | ||
6532 | return FALSE; | |
6533 | } | |
6534 | ||
6535 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6536 | { | |
6537 | if ( m_table && | |
6538 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6539 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
6540 | { | |
6541 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6542 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6543 | ||
6544 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6545 | { | |
6546 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
6547 | // non-empty cells | |
6548 | // | |
6549 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
6550 | { | |
6551 | col-- ; | |
6552 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6553 | } | |
6554 | } | |
6555 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) ) | |
6556 | { | |
6557 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
6558 | // | |
6559 | col--; | |
6560 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
6561 | { | |
6562 | col-- ; | |
6563 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6564 | } | |
6565 | } | |
6566 | else | |
6567 | { | |
6568 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
6569 | // | |
6570 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
6571 | { | |
6572 | col-- ; | |
6573 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6574 | { | |
6575 | col++ ; | |
6576 | break; | |
6577 | } | |
6578 | } | |
6579 | } | |
6580 | ||
6581 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
6582 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6583 | { | |
6584 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
6585 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6586 | } | |
6587 | else | |
6588 | { | |
6589 | ClearSelection(); | |
6590 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
6591 | } | |
6592 | ||
6593 | return TRUE; | |
6594 | } | |
6595 | ||
6596 | return FALSE; | |
6597 | } | |
6598 | ||
6599 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
6600 | { | |
6601 | if ( m_table && | |
6602 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6603 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 ) | |
6604 | { | |
6605 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6606 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6607 | ||
6608 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6609 | { | |
6610 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
6611 | // non-empty cells | |
6612 | // | |
6613 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
6614 | { | |
6615 | col++ ; | |
6616 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6617 | } | |
6618 | } | |
6619 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) ) | |
6620 | { | |
6621 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
6622 | // | |
6623 | col++; | |
6624 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
6625 | { | |
6626 | col++ ; | |
6627 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
6628 | } | |
6629 | } | |
6630 | else | |
6631 | { | |
6632 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
6633 | // | |
6634 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
6635 | { | |
6636 | col++ ; | |
6637 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
6638 | { | |
6639 | col-- ; | |
6640 | break; | |
6641 | } | |
6642 | } | |
6643 | } | |
6644 | ||
6645 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
6646 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
6647 | { | |
6648 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
6649 | SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
6650 | } | |
6651 | else | |
6652 | { | |
6653 | ClearSelection(); | |
6654 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
6655 | } | |
6656 | ||
6657 | return TRUE; | |
6658 | } | |
6659 | ||
6660 | return FALSE; | |
6661 | } | |
6662 | ||
6663 | ||
6664 | ||
6665 | // | |
6666 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
6667 | // | |
6668 | ||
6669 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
6670 | { | |
6671 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
6672 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
6673 | } | |
6674 | ||
6675 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
6676 | { | |
6677 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
6678 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
6679 | } | |
6680 | ||
6681 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
6682 | { | |
6683 | if ( m_table ) | |
6684 | { | |
6685 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
6686 | } | |
6687 | else | |
6688 | { | |
6689 | wxString s; | |
6690 | s << row; | |
6691 | return s; | |
6692 | } | |
6693 | } | |
6694 | ||
6695 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
6696 | { | |
6697 | if ( m_table ) | |
6698 | { | |
6699 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
6700 | } | |
6701 | else | |
6702 | { | |
6703 | wxString s; | |
6704 | s << col; | |
6705 | return s; | |
6706 | } | |
6707 | } | |
6708 | ||
6709 | ||
6710 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
6711 | { | |
6712 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
6713 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
6714 | { | |
6715 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
6716 | { | |
6717 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
6718 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
6719 | } | |
6720 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
6721 | { | |
6722 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
6723 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
6724 | } | |
6725 | ||
6726 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
6727 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6728 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
6729 | } | |
6730 | } | |
6731 | ||
6732 | ||
6733 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
6734 | { | |
6735 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
6736 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
6737 | { | |
6738 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
6739 | { | |
6740 | m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
6741 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
6742 | } | |
6743 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
6744 | { | |
6745 | m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
6746 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
6747 | } | |
6748 | ||
6749 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
6750 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
6751 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
6752 | } | |
6753 | } | |
6754 | ||
6755 | ||
6756 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6757 | { | |
6758 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
6759 | { | |
6760 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
6761 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6762 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6763 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
6764 | ||
6765 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6766 | { | |
6767 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6768 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6769 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6770 | } | |
6771 | } | |
6772 | } | |
6773 | ||
6774 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6775 | { | |
6776 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
6777 | { | |
6778 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
6779 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6780 | { | |
6781 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6782 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6783 | } | |
6784 | } | |
6785 | } | |
6786 | ||
6787 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
6788 | { | |
6789 | m_labelFont = font; | |
6790 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6791 | { | |
6792 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6793 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6794 | } | |
6795 | } | |
6796 | ||
6797 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6798 | { | |
6799 | if ( horiz == wxLEFT || horiz == wxCENTRE || horiz == wxRIGHT ) | |
6800 | { | |
6801 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
6802 | } | |
6803 | ||
6804 | if ( vert == wxTOP || vert == wxCENTRE || vert == wxBOTTOM ) | |
6805 | { | |
6806 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
6807 | } | |
6808 | ||
6809 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6810 | { | |
6811 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6812 | } | |
6813 | } | |
6814 | ||
6815 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6816 | { | |
6817 | if ( horiz == wxLEFT || horiz == wxCENTRE || horiz == wxRIGHT ) | |
6818 | { | |
6819 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
6820 | } | |
6821 | ||
6822 | if ( vert == wxTOP || vert == wxCENTRE || vert == wxBOTTOM ) | |
6823 | { | |
6824 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
6825 | } | |
6826 | ||
6827 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6828 | { | |
6829 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6830 | } | |
6831 | } | |
6832 | ||
6833 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
6834 | { | |
6835 | if ( m_table ) | |
6836 | { | |
6837 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
6838 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6839 | { | |
6840 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0); | |
6841 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
6842 | { | |
6843 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
6844 | rect.x = m_left; | |
6845 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
6846 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
6847 | } | |
6848 | } | |
6849 | } | |
6850 | } | |
6851 | ||
6852 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
6853 | { | |
6854 | if ( m_table ) | |
6855 | { | |
6856 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
6857 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6858 | { | |
6859 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
6860 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
6861 | { | |
6862 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
6863 | rect.y = m_top; | |
6864 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
6865 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
6866 | } | |
6867 | } | |
6868 | } | |
6869 | } | |
6870 | ||
6871 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
6872 | { | |
6873 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
6874 | { | |
6875 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
6876 | ||
6877 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6878 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6879 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
6880 | } | |
6881 | } | |
6882 | ||
6883 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
6884 | { | |
6885 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6886 | { | |
6887 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
6888 | ||
6889 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
6890 | { | |
6891 | if ( enable ) | |
6892 | { | |
6893 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6894 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6895 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
6896 | } | |
6897 | else | |
6898 | { | |
6899 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6900 | } | |
6901 | } | |
6902 | } | |
6903 | } | |
6904 | ||
6905 | ||
6906 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
6907 | { | |
6908 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
6909 | } | |
6910 | ||
6911 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
6912 | { | |
6913 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
6914 | ||
6915 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
6916 | } | |
6917 | ||
6918 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
6919 | { | |
6920 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
6921 | } | |
6922 | ||
6923 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
6924 | { | |
6925 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
6926 | ||
6927 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
6928 | } | |
6929 | ||
6930 | // ============================================================================ | |
6931 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
6932 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
6933 | // ============================================================================ | |
6934 | ||
6935 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6936 | // setting default attributes | |
6937 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6938 | ||
6939 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
6940 | { | |
6941 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
6942 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
6943 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
6944 | #endif | |
6945 | } | |
6946 | ||
6947 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
6948 | { | |
6949 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
6950 | } | |
6951 | ||
6952 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
6953 | { | |
6954 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
6955 | } | |
6956 | ||
6957 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
6958 | { | |
6959 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
6960 | } | |
6961 | ||
6962 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
6963 | { | |
6964 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
6965 | } | |
6966 | ||
6967 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
6968 | { | |
6969 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor); | |
6970 | } | |
6971 | ||
6972 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6973 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
6974 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
6975 | ||
6976 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
6977 | { | |
6978 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
6979 | } | |
6980 | ||
6981 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
6982 | { | |
6983 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
6984 | } | |
6985 | ||
6986 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
6987 | { | |
6988 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
6989 | } | |
6990 | ||
6991 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
6992 | { | |
6993 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
6994 | } | |
6995 | ||
6996 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
6997 | { | |
6998 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
6999 | } | |
7000 | ||
7001 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
7002 | { | |
7003 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
7004 | } | |
7005 | ||
7006 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7007 | // access to cell attributes | |
7008 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7009 | ||
7010 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
7011 | { | |
7012 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7013 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7014 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7015 | return colour; | |
7016 | } | |
7017 | ||
7018 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
7019 | { | |
7020 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7021 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
7022 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7023 | return colour; | |
7024 | } | |
7025 | ||
7026 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
7027 | { | |
7028 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7029 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
7030 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7031 | return font; | |
7032 | } | |
7033 | ||
7034 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7035 | { | |
7036 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7037 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7038 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7039 | } | |
7040 | ||
7041 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
7042 | { | |
7043 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7044 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7045 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7046 | ||
7047 | return renderer; | |
7048 | } | |
7049 | ||
7050 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
7051 | { | |
7052 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7053 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
7054 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7055 | ||
7056 | return editor; | |
7057 | } | |
7058 | ||
7059 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
7060 | { | |
7061 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7062 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
7063 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7064 | return isReadOnly; | |
7065 | } | |
7066 | ||
7067 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7068 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
7069 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7070 | ||
7071 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
7072 | { | |
7073 | if ( !m_table ) | |
7074 | { | |
7075 | return FALSE; | |
7076 | } | |
7077 | ||
7078 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
7079 | } | |
7080 | ||
7081 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
7082 | { | |
7083 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
7084 | { | |
7085 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7086 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
7087 | } | |
7088 | } | |
7089 | ||
7090 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
7091 | { | |
7092 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7093 | ||
7094 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
7095 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
7096 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
7097 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
7098 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
7099 | } | |
7100 | ||
7101 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
7102 | { | |
7103 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
7104 | { | |
7105 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
7106 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
7107 | ||
7108 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7109 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
7110 | #endif | |
7111 | ||
7112 | return TRUE; | |
7113 | } | |
7114 | else | |
7115 | { | |
7116 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
7117 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
7118 | #endif | |
7119 | return FALSE; | |
7120 | } | |
7121 | } | |
7122 | ||
7123 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7124 | { | |
7125 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
7126 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
7127 | { | |
7128 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col) : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
7129 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
7130 | } | |
7131 | if (attr) | |
7132 | { | |
7133 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7134 | } | |
7135 | else | |
7136 | { | |
7137 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
7138 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7139 | } | |
7140 | ||
7141 | return attr; | |
7142 | } | |
7143 | ||
7144 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
7145 | { | |
7146 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
7147 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) || !attr ) | |
7148 | { | |
7149 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_table, | |
7150 | _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() " | |
7151 | "returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") ); | |
7152 | ||
7153 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col); | |
7154 | if ( !attr ) | |
7155 | { | |
7156 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
7157 | ||
7158 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
7159 | attr->IncRef(); | |
7160 | ||
7161 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
7162 | } | |
7163 | ||
7164 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
7165 | } | |
7166 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
7167 | return attr; | |
7168 | } | |
7169 | ||
7170 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7171 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
7172 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7173 | ||
7174 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
7175 | { | |
7176 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
7177 | } | |
7178 | ||
7179 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
7180 | { | |
7181 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
7182 | } | |
7183 | ||
7184 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
7185 | { | |
7186 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
7187 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
7188 | { | |
7189 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
7190 | } | |
7191 | ||
7192 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
7193 | } | |
7194 | ||
7195 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
7196 | { | |
7197 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
7198 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
7199 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7200 | ||
7201 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
7202 | } | |
7203 | ||
7204 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7205 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
7206 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7207 | ||
7208 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7209 | { | |
7210 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7211 | { | |
7212 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
7213 | } | |
7214 | else | |
7215 | { | |
7216 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7217 | } | |
7218 | } | |
7219 | ||
7220 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
7221 | { | |
7222 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7223 | { | |
7224 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
7225 | } | |
7226 | else | |
7227 | { | |
7228 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
7229 | } | |
7230 | } | |
7231 | ||
7232 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
7233 | { | |
7234 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7235 | { | |
7236 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7237 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
7238 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7239 | } | |
7240 | } | |
7241 | ||
7242 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
7243 | { | |
7244 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7245 | { | |
7246 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7247 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
7248 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7249 | } | |
7250 | } | |
7251 | ||
7252 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
7253 | { | |
7254 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7255 | { | |
7256 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7257 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
7258 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7259 | } | |
7260 | } | |
7261 | ||
7262 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
7263 | { | |
7264 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7265 | { | |
7266 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7267 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7268 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7269 | } | |
7270 | } | |
7271 | ||
7272 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7273 | { | |
7274 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7275 | { | |
7276 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7277 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7278 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7279 | } | |
7280 | } | |
7281 | ||
7282 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
7283 | { | |
7284 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7285 | { | |
7286 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7287 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7288 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7289 | } | |
7290 | } | |
7291 | ||
7292 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
7293 | { | |
7294 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
7295 | { | |
7296 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
7297 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
7298 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7299 | } | |
7300 | } | |
7301 | ||
7302 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7303 | // Data type registration | |
7304 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7305 | ||
7306 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
7307 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
7308 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
7309 | { | |
7310 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
7311 | } | |
7312 | ||
7313 | ||
7314 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
7315 | { | |
7316 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
7317 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
7318 | } | |
7319 | ||
7320 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
7321 | { | |
7322 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
7323 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
7324 | } | |
7325 | ||
7326 | wxGridCellEditor* | |
7327 | wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
7328 | { | |
7329 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
7330 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
7331 | { | |
7332 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
7333 | ||
7334 | return NULL; | |
7335 | } | |
7336 | ||
7337 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
7338 | } | |
7339 | ||
7340 | wxGridCellRenderer* | |
7341 | wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
7342 | { | |
7343 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
7344 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
7345 | { | |
7346 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
7347 | ||
7348 | return NULL; | |
7349 | } | |
7350 | ||
7351 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
7352 | } | |
7353 | ||
7354 | ||
7355 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7356 | // row/col size | |
7357 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7358 | ||
7359 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
7360 | { | |
7361 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
7362 | } | |
7363 | ||
7364 | ||
7365 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
7366 | { | |
7367 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | ||
7370 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
7371 | { | |
7372 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
7373 | } | |
7374 | ||
7375 | ||
7376 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
7377 | { | |
7378 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ); | |
7379 | ||
7380 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
7381 | { | |
7382 | InitRowHeights(); | |
7383 | ||
7384 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7385 | } | |
7386 | } | |
7387 | ||
7388 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
7389 | { | |
7390 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
7391 | ||
7392 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
7393 | { | |
7394 | // need to really create the array | |
7395 | InitRowHeights(); | |
7396 | } | |
7397 | ||
7398 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
7399 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
7400 | ||
7401 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
7402 | int i; | |
7403 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
7404 | { | |
7405 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
7406 | } | |
7407 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | ||
7410 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
7411 | { | |
7412 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH ); | |
7413 | ||
7414 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
7415 | { | |
7416 | InitColWidths(); | |
7417 | ||
7418 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7419 | } | |
7420 | } | |
7421 | ||
7422 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
7423 | { | |
7424 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
7425 | ||
7426 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
7427 | ||
7428 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
7429 | { | |
7430 | // need to really create the array | |
7431 | InitColWidths(); | |
7432 | } | |
7433 | ||
7434 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
7435 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
7436 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
7437 | ||
7438 | int i; | |
7439 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
7440 | { | |
7441 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
7442 | } | |
7443 | CalcDimensions(); | |
7444 | } | |
7445 | ||
7446 | ||
7447 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
7448 | { | |
7449 | m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width); | |
7450 | } | |
7451 | ||
7452 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
7453 | { | |
7454 | m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width); | |
7455 | } | |
7456 | ||
7457 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
7458 | { | |
7459 | long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col); | |
7460 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
7461 | } | |
7462 | ||
7463 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
7464 | { | |
7465 | long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row); | |
7466 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
7467 | } | |
7468 | ||
7469 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7470 | // auto sizing | |
7471 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7472 | ||
7473 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
7474 | { | |
7475 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
7476 | ||
7477 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one | |
7478 | int row = -1, | |
7479 | col = -1; | |
7480 | if ( column ) | |
7481 | col = colOrRow; | |
7482 | else | |
7483 | row = colOrRow; | |
7484 | ||
7485 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
7486 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
7487 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
7488 | { | |
7489 | if ( column ) | |
7490 | row = rowOrCol; | |
7491 | else | |
7492 | col = rowOrCol; | |
7493 | ||
7494 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
7495 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
7496 | if ( renderer ) | |
7497 | { | |
7498 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
7499 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
7500 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7501 | { | |
7502 | extentMax = extent; | |
7503 | } | |
7504 | ||
7505 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
7506 | } | |
7507 | ||
7508 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7509 | } | |
7510 | ||
7511 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
7512 | wxCoord w, h; | |
7513 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
7514 | ||
7515 | if ( column ) | |
7516 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
7517 | else | |
7518 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
7519 | ||
7520 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
7521 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
7522 | { | |
7523 | extentMax = extent; | |
7524 | } | |
7525 | ||
7526 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
7527 | { | |
7528 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
7529 | // than default extent but != 0, it's ok) | |
7530 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7531 | } | |
7532 | else | |
7533 | { | |
7534 | if ( column ) | |
7535 | { | |
7536 | // leave some space around text | |
7537 | extentMax += 10; | |
7538 | } | |
7539 | } | |
7540 | ||
7541 | if ( column ) | |
7542 | SetColSize(col, extentMax); | |
7543 | else | |
7544 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
7545 | ||
7546 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
7547 | { | |
7548 | if ( column ) | |
7549 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
7550 | else | |
7551 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
7552 | } | |
7553 | } | |
7554 | ||
7555 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
7556 | { | |
7557 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7558 | ||
7559 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
7560 | { | |
7561 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
7562 | { | |
7563 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
7564 | } | |
7565 | ||
7566 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
7567 | } | |
7568 | ||
7569 | return width; | |
7570 | } | |
7571 | ||
7572 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
7573 | { | |
7574 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7575 | ||
7576 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
7577 | { | |
7578 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
7579 | { | |
7580 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
7581 | } | |
7582 | ||
7583 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
7584 | } | |
7585 | ||
7586 | return height; | |
7587 | } | |
7588 | ||
7589 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
7590 | { | |
7591 | // set the size too | |
7592 | SetSize(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE)); | |
7593 | } | |
7594 | ||
7595 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
7596 | { | |
7597 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
7598 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
7599 | ||
7600 | return wxSize(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE), | |
7601 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE)); | |
7602 | } | |
7603 | ||
7604 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
7605 | { | |
7606 | AutoSize(); | |
7607 | } | |
7608 | ||
7609 | ||
7610 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
7611 | { | |
7612 | return wxNullPen; | |
7613 | } | |
7614 | ||
7615 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7616 | // cell value accessor functions | |
7617 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7618 | ||
7619 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
7620 | { | |
7621 | if ( m_table ) | |
7622 | { | |
7623 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s.c_str() ); | |
7624 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7625 | { | |
7626 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7627 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7628 | DrawCell( dc, wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); | |
7629 | } | |
7630 | ||
7631 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
7632 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
7633 | IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
7634 | { | |
7635 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
7636 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
7637 | } | |
7638 | } | |
7639 | } | |
7640 | ||
7641 | ||
7642 | // | |
7643 | // ------ Block, row and col selection | |
7644 | // | |
7645 | ||
7646 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
7647 | { | |
7648 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
7649 | ClearSelection(); | |
7650 | ||
7651 | m_selection->SelectRow( row ); | |
7652 | } | |
7653 | ||
7654 | ||
7655 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
7656 | { | |
7657 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
7658 | ClearSelection(); | |
7659 | ||
7660 | m_selection->SelectCol( col ); | |
7661 | } | |
7662 | ||
7663 | ||
7664 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
7665 | { | |
7666 | int temp; | |
7667 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
7668 | ||
7669 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
7670 | { | |
7671 | leftCol = 0; | |
7672 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
7673 | } | |
7674 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
7675 | { | |
7676 | topRow = 0; | |
7677 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
7678 | } | |
7679 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
7680 | { | |
7681 | temp = topRow; | |
7682 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
7683 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7684 | } | |
7685 | ||
7686 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
7687 | { | |
7688 | temp = leftCol; | |
7689 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
7690 | rightCol = temp; | |
7691 | } | |
7692 | ||
7693 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
7694 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
7695 | ||
7696 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
7697 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
7698 | { | |
7699 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
7700 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
7701 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
7702 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
7703 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
7704 | need_refresh[0] = | |
7705 | need_refresh[1] = | |
7706 | need_refresh[2] = | |
7707 | need_refresh[3] = FALSE; | |
7708 | int i; | |
7709 | ||
7710 | // Store intermediate values | |
7711 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
7712 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
7713 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
7714 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
7715 | ||
7716 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
7717 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
7718 | { | |
7719 | temp = oldLeft; | |
7720 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
7721 | leftCol = temp; | |
7722 | } | |
7723 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
7724 | { | |
7725 | temp = oldTop; | |
7726 | oldTop = topRow; | |
7727 | topRow = temp; | |
7728 | } | |
7729 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
7730 | { | |
7731 | temp = oldRight; | |
7732 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
7733 | rightCol = temp; | |
7734 | } | |
7735 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
7736 | { | |
7737 | temp = oldBottom; | |
7738 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
7739 | bottomRow = temp; | |
7740 | } | |
7741 | ||
7742 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
7743 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
7744 | // is contained in the other. | |
7745 | ||
7746 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
7747 | { | |
7748 | need_refresh[0] = TRUE; | |
7749 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
7750 | oldLeft ), | |
7751 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
7752 | leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
7753 | } | |
7754 | ||
7755 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
7756 | { | |
7757 | need_refresh[1] = TRUE; | |
7758 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
7759 | leftCol ), | |
7760 | wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1, | |
7761 | rightCol ) ); | |
7762 | } | |
7763 | ||
7764 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
7765 | { | |
7766 | need_refresh[2] = TRUE; | |
7767 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
7768 | rightCol + 1 ), | |
7769 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
7770 | oldRight ) ); | |
7771 | } | |
7772 | ||
7773 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
7774 | { | |
7775 | need_refresh[3] = TRUE; | |
7776 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1, | |
7777 | leftCol ), | |
7778 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
7779 | rightCol ) ); | |
7780 | } | |
7781 | ||
7782 | ||
7783 | // Change Selection | |
7784 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
7785 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
7786 | ||
7787 | // various Refresh() calls | |
7788 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
7789 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7790 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) ); | |
7791 | } | |
7792 | ||
7793 | // never generate an event as it will be generated from | |
7794 | // wxGridSelection::SelectBlock! | |
7795 | } | |
7796 | ||
7797 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
7798 | { | |
7799 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
7800 | } | |
7801 | ||
7802 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
7803 | { | |
7804 | return ( m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
7805 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7806 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) ); | |
7807 | } | |
7808 | ||
7809 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) | |
7810 | { | |
7811 | return ( m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
7812 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
7813 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
7814 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
7815 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() ) ); | |
7816 | } | |
7817 | ||
7818 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
7819 | { | |
7820 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7821 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
7822 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
7823 | } | |
7824 | ||
7825 | ||
7826 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
7827 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
7828 | // | |
7829 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
7830 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
7831 | { | |
7832 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
7833 | wxRect cellRect; | |
7834 | ||
7835 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
7836 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7837 | { | |
7838 | rect = cellRect; | |
7839 | } | |
7840 | else | |
7841 | { | |
7842 | rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); | |
7843 | } | |
7844 | ||
7845 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
7846 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
7847 | { | |
7848 | rect += cellRect; | |
7849 | } | |
7850 | else | |
7851 | { | |
7852 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
7853 | } | |
7854 | ||
7855 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
7856 | // | |
7857 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
7858 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
7859 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
7860 | ||
7861 | int cw, ch; | |
7862 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7863 | ||
7864 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
7865 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
7866 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
7867 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
7868 | ||
7869 | return rect; | |
7870 | } | |
7871 | ||
7872 | ||
7873 | ||
7874 | // | |
7875 | // ------ Grid event classes | |
7876 | // | |
7877 | ||
7878 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxEvent ) | |
7879 | ||
7880 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
7881 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
7882 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
7883 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
7884 | { | |
7885 | m_row = row; | |
7886 | m_col = col; | |
7887 | m_x = x; | |
7888 | m_y = y; | |
7889 | m_selecting = sel; | |
7890 | m_control = control; | |
7891 | m_shift = shift; | |
7892 | m_alt = alt; | |
7893 | m_meta = meta; | |
7894 | ||
7895 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
7896 | } | |
7897 | ||
7898 | ||
7899 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxEvent ) | |
7900 | ||
7901 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
7902 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
7903 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
7904 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
7905 | { | |
7906 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
7907 | m_x = x; | |
7908 | m_y = y; | |
7909 | m_control = control; | |
7910 | m_shift = shift; | |
7911 | m_alt = alt; | |
7912 | m_meta = meta; | |
7913 | ||
7914 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
7915 | } | |
7916 | ||
7917 | ||
7918 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxEvent ) | |
7919 | ||
7920 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
7921 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
7922 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
7923 | bool sel, bool control, | |
7924 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
7925 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
7926 | { | |
7927 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
7928 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
7929 | m_selecting = sel; | |
7930 | m_control = control; | |
7931 | m_shift = shift; | |
7932 | m_alt = alt; | |
7933 | m_meta = meta; | |
7934 | ||
7935 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
7936 | } | |
7937 | ||
7938 | ||
7939 | #endif // ifndef wxUSE_NEW_GRID |